Page 1

PUBLISHED, 10 MAY 2018

Full-Time & Part-Time

Higher Education Prospectus 2018/19 Degree | Foundation Degrees | HNDs | HNCs

Bangor | Downpatrick | Lisburn | Newtownards


2 / WELCOME

Welcome to SERC, A dynamic and forward thinking College.

support and our award-winning careers advice service to ensure that you get the most out of your time with us. Also, our flexible part-time courses allow you to fit study around work and personal commitment. No matter what problems you face we can always help you.

At SERC the sky truly is the limit…We strive to make your time with us count when it comes to getting a job, that’s why we’re different.

And we want you to have some fun too! By getting involved in the Students’ Union you can help organise events, make new friends and enhance your student experience.

We offer each of our students a career enhancing experience through our enterprise driven curriculum where you will work on live projects, solving problems for real businesses. You will also have the opportunity to undertake work placements as part of your course to develop a deeper understanding of the world of work, all of which looks great on your CV! Last year 681 students choose to study a Higher Education course at SERC, while 101 students undertook a Higher Level Apprenticeship. Our links with industry experts ensure that you are best placed to gain employment upon finishing your qualification. In 2016/17 39% of our students progressed into employment or self-employment upon completion of their course, while 58% continued with education or training.

Ken Webb

Principal & Chief Executive

At SERC we’re always here to support you through services such as our financial

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

At SERC we are passionate about inspiring, transforming and enriching the lives of our students. The support given at SERC has helped thousands of students join the workforce and build the Northern Irish economy. We are immensely proud of our students and their achievements.


WELCOME / 3

Contents Welcome to SERC 04 Apply at SERC

14

Full-Time at a Glance

43

Full-Time Courses

50

Part-Time at a Glance

119

Part-Time Courses

132


4 / WELCOME

Welcome to SERC We are OUTSTANDING Leadership and Management at SERC

STUDY UP TO DEGREE LEVEL WITH US

eti Inspection 2016

FREE WIFI ON CAMPUS

Higher Education

Tuition Fee Loan available for Part-Time students*

Access Bursary Available*

FANCY A CUPPA? We have Cafés on our main campuses

*T's & C's apply

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 5

97% 91%

of our Higher Education Full-Time students progressed to employment or further study

*FELS 2016-17

WE HAVE A

HIGHER EDUCATION ACHIEVEMENT RATE

*FELS 2016-17

of our students are satisfied with SERC

Internal FT Research

98%

92%

of students enjoy project based work FT Research Report

Students rate our online material 4.8 out of 5 stars Internal Feedback

We work with over

4000 EMPLOYERS

to provide placements & projects

91%

of students love our IT services

FT Research Report

82%

of students love our enthusiastic staff FT Research Report

*FELS - Further Education Leavers Survey

Return to contents page


6 / WELCOME

SPACE Bangor Outstanding Facilities

Our newest Campus SPACE is situated in Bangor and is an industry standard ÂŁ12 million, 3650m2 facility which is home to our Performing Arts, Computing and Engineering students. Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 7

SPACE Bangor Campus SPACE boasts industry standard performing and rehearsal spaces, dance studios, professional recording studios and a high specification theatre where Performing and Creative Art students can perform in front of a paying audience to develop their confidence and skills. Students will learn about improvisation, vocal and movement techniques, writing and performing theatre pieces, and overall experience within an audition setting, all of which are essential for anyone looking to gain employment within the competitive creative industries.

IT students have the use of fully designated Mac and PC suites which feature top end software packages to help them hone their skills for careers as Software Developers, Web Designers and Technicians. While Engineering students benefit from working on the latest industry standard equipment such as CNC machines, 3D printers and laser cutters which enables them to be more than ready for the world of work once completing their qualification.

Return to contents page


8 / WELCOME

Get the Edge at SERC Wider employability skills are essential in securing employment after your studies. When you become a student at SERC you will be given the opportunity to develop these skills through our Employability Programme Get the Edge. Get the Edge will give you as many opportunities as possible to help you gain better skills and get real life experience. You will have the opportunity to develop skills such as problem solving, good communication, critical thinking, people management and team working. All of which will make a difference to your future career. Studying at SERC will help you start the journey to your dream career as you will: • Gain more qualifications • Have the opportunity to set up a SERC Student Company • Take part in industry projects • Undertake work placements • Get involved with volunteer programmes We can give you advantages, skills and experience other young people take years to get. Students sitting where you are now have gone on to amazing careers with companies like Coca-Cola and NASA!

Did you know?

58%

Of graduate employers would be unlikely to recruit a candidate with no work experience NI Skills Barometer

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 9

Your Study Programme Work Experience Study Programme

Course e.g. Foundation Degree

Additional Activities

Your study programme (course) will include a number of elements. Each study programme will be unique to your individual needs to support your career ambitions.

Vocational qualification

Additional Activities

Your vocational qualification will make up the majority of your study programme. The qualification will be a mix of practical and theory which will enhance your understanding of the subject.

Your programme will also include other activities designed to support and help you develop the job related skills, experience and confidence required to progress to employment or Higher Education. This includes tutorials, field trips and volunteering opportunities.

Work experience You will undertake practical work experience or work related learning related to the vocational area of study programme. This will develop your employability skills and apply your learning in real life situations.

Return to contents page


10 / WELCOME

Bangor Outstanding Facilities

Step into our campus for the first time and you’ll be impressed. We’ve invested millions in our campuses to give you the very best equipment and facilities. How can we be so sure? Because we’ve worked with industry leaders, the very people who will want to employ you, to design them. Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 11

Bangor Campus Specialising in Bio-Sciences, Computing, Electronic Engineering, Manufacturing and Mechanical Engineering, Media, Music, Photography, Sport and Recreation, Construction, Public Services, Creative Industries and Performing Arts. Bangor Campus is home to our training restaurant The Birches which is open to the public, which prepares the next generation of chefs and front of house staff for the Hospitality industry. Our hair and beauty salon Shadeka is also open to the public during term time and allows students to gain practical experience of working in a fully operational salon.

Recent ÂŁ3million refurbishment

Return to contents page


12 / WELCOME

5 Reasons to study Higher Education at SERC 1. Save money Our fees are much lower than those of Universities, and you can cut down on costs by living at home.

4. Achieve Our Higher Education achievement rate is 98%.

2. Gain Hands on Experience All of our courses involve a placement or industry visit.

5. Accredited Courses Our courses are accredited by Ulster University, Liverpool John Moore’s University, Queens University and Pearson.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

3. Small Class Numbers Having less students in your class gives you the opportunity to ask questions, contribute to discussions and get to know your lecturers and class mates better.


WELCOME / 13

The Truth about SERC There are many common misconceptions and myths around studying Higher Education at a Further Education College as opposed to University. Here is some factual information that will help you make a more informed decision when apply for a Higher Education course.

FACT 1

FACT 3

FACT 5

Our Higher Education students have an achievement rate of 98%*. Higher

In addition to teaching qualifications SERC staff must also have professional qualifications in a range of disciplines. From Software Engineering,

We offer impartial advice and guidance. From award winning Careers

Education courses such as Foundation Degrees, Higher Level Apprenticeships and HND’s are a fantastic route into work and equip students with the essential skills employers are looking for. *FELS 2016-17

Electronics, Applied Science, Early Years, Hospitality, the list goes on. SERC staff are experts in the use of our industry standard equipment and software, often providing specialist training to industry.

Advisors to support with additional learning needs, SERC offers all the support you need to succeed. We also host several talks from industry to broaden students’ horizons, raise their aspirations and inform them of all the career options available in their chosen field. While master classes and site visits from industry professionals help to prepare students for the real world of work.

FACT 2

FACT 4

FACT 6

Studying at SERC is much cheaper than University. With average Full-Time Foundation Degrees costing just £2,500 compared to average NI fees at £3,925 and UK frees at £9,000 , studying Full-Time Higher Education at SERC can save approximately £1500 per year.

Our students sign a Code of Conduct agreement. On joining SERC all of our

Our Foundation Degrees are accredited by Universities. By studying

students sign a Code of Conduct and Attendance Contract which ensures that they comply with College Policies and treat College property with care and respect. If a student breaks this agreement, staff work quickly to help get them back on track. However, if the behaviour continues there is a disciplinary system that will be actioned to ensure that the student's behaviour does not affect other students in their class.

a Foundation Degree or Degree with SERC you can become an associate student of Liverpool John Moores (LJMU), Ulster University or Queens University. This means you will receive a certificate from the University itself and you can benefit from their student services such as their LRC and Sports Centre, as well as SERCs facilities. Our excellent links with these Universities also mean on completion of your Foundation Degree there is a natural progression route for you to top up your qualification to a Degree.

Return to contents page


14 / WELCOME

Apply at SERC Pre Entry Advice and Guidance Sessions

Apply Visit apply.serc.ac.uk and apply online.

We’ll invite you to attend a mandatory pre entry advice and guidance session with the subject tutor – it’s a great chance to talk about the course and discuss how it can help you achieve the career you want.

Oct. 2017

Nov. 2017

Full-Time Open Day 29 November 4-8pm

Visit us

Dec. 2017

Jan. 2018

Feb. 2018

Higher Education Open Days 16 January 6-8pm Bangor 17 January 6-8pm Lisburn

Come along to an Open Day and discover what SERC has to offer

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Mar. 2018

Full-Time Open Day 7 March 2-8pm


WELCOME / 15

Well Done

Evaluation Opportunity

Providing all entry requirements are met, you will be offered a place on the course! To enrol you will need evidence of results and proof of ID i.e. Passport, Driving Licence, National ID Card or National Insurance Card. If you don’t get the results you need, please don’t panic. We will be right here to help you look at all your options.

Our HE admissions process includes an evaluation opportunity allowing us to consider skills beyond academic achievement. This will include an audition, portfolio submission, practical tasks etc.

Apr. 2018

May 2018

Jun. 2018

Jul. 2018

Aug. 2018

Sep. 2018

Higher Education Enrolment Days 16 and 17 August

Start of term

Return to contents page


16 / WELCOME

Strategies for Teaching, Learning and Assessment

"Our lecturers etc have developed close links with employers and professional organisations, which they use to ensure that courses reflect current industry demands." Chloe Robinson and Megan Simpson, Health and Social Care students

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 17

At SERC we believe that learning is a partnership involving both the teaching staff and you the student. COURSE DELIVERY Our students value the fact that our courses are taught by subject experts, who are skilled at presenting lessons in a manner that prompts and supports them in their learning. Most courses use workshops, seminars, tutorials and practical sessions as the basis for delivery. Our lecturers have developed close links with employers and professional organisations, which they use to ensure that courses reflect current industry demands. INDEPENDENT STUDENT LEARNING However much lecturers provide for students, it is still important for you to recognise your role in learning. As you progress in Higher Education there will be opportunities to develop independent learning techniques to enhance your personal development and prepare for the world of work. This is enhanced through the use of technology, project-based activity, presentations, employability, and enterprise and team work activities.

ASSESSMENT Assessment is a key part of student study and each course uses a range of assessment activities to test a range of learning outcomes. Most programmes have a large element of continual assessment which allows skills to be developed over a period of time. Typical assessment tasks include preparation of reports and essays, development of art-works and portfolios, engineering solutions, laboratory practicals or performance pieces. Most courses will require you to take part in group work and it is usual for students to prepare and deliver presentations at some point in their studies. Staff will provide you with feedback throughout the course. Both written and oral feedback will allow students to identify strengths and address weakness and is an aid to continual improvement and development.

TUTORIAL SUPPORT All students will have a timetabled tutorial session and a dedicated year tutor. This time will be used for both individual and group sessions. They will keep you up-to-date about course requirements, progression and provide guidance on the student experience. In addition, you may use these times to discuss subject issues and the development of subject knowledge.

Return to contents page


18 / WELCOME

Lisburn Outstanding Facilities

Specialising in Bio-Sciences, Computing, Electronic Engineering, Manufacturing and Mechanical Engineering, Media, Music, Photography, Sport and Recreation, Travel and Tourism, Construction, Animal Management, Creative Industries and Performing Arts. Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 19

Lisburn Campus Lisburn Campus boasts a vibrant learning environment in a modern campus in the heart of Lisburn City. Our training restaurant The Linen Room which is open to the public, prepares the next generation of chefs and front of house staff for the Hospitality industry. Revive Hair and Beauty Salon is also open to the public during term time and allows students to gain practical experience of working in a fully operational salon.

The ÂŁ27 million campus houses a world class technical skills centre.

Return to contents page


20 / WELCOME

The Sky's the Limit for your career So what’s the key to landing your dream job? It’s making sure that the skills you’ve got are exactly the skills that the economy needs. Our close industry links mean we know where the jobs are going to be - and how to get you ready for them.

#skysthelimit Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 21

START YOUR CAREER WITH CONFIDENCE

Hard work and dedication has paid off for Computing and Systems Development Foundation Degree student Bronagh Keenan, who has secured employment with IT solutions provider P2V Systems, following a successful 16-week internship. Bronagh decided to enrol at SERC after attending an open day and, after talking to the tutors, enrolled onto the Foundation Degree Computing course at Bangor Campus.

Take a look at the kinds of exciting projects you’ll take part in. Working with local employers on real life jobs is the quickest way to get job-ready skills and confidence. Plus it’s a great way to impress employers or Universities, too!

Bronagh gained a unique insight into the IT sector thanks to her placement opportunity, part of her Foundation Degree course studied at the College. Speaking about the course, Bronagh explained that it has helped her gain invaluable knowledge and skills. Thanks to the placement, Bronagh gained a range of employability skills which helped her secure the full-time post at P2V Systems. Speaking about her experience Bronagh said: “I would definitely recommend SERC to others who wanted to reach their full potential. The course allowed me to gain the employability skills that are valued by employers thanks to the range of extracurricular activities built into the study. I was delighted when I was offered full-time employment with P2V Systems and am looking forward to progressing my career here.” .

We work with hundreds of employers and businesses Our links to industry names assure our courses equip students with the skills employers want. These partnerships also provide students with fantastic opportunities, to work on live projects set by employers, attend workshops, gain industry recognised qualifications and gain real life work experience, so they are work ready when they leave.

Return to contents page


22 / WELCOME

The Sky's the Limit During my time at SERC I got a sound knowledge and understanding of the Travel and Tourism industry and took part in a valuable work placement at Belfast City Airport. The tutors really guided and supported us all and without them I wouldn't have secured such an amazing job as an Emirates flight attendant. Lindsay Bothwell Travel and Tourism

I decided to study at SERC due to the smaller class sizes and the fact that it was on my doorstep. I previously studied Accounting at University but I wasn’t enjoying it. When I saw that SERC offered Accounting locally I enrolled right away. It’s the best decision I ever made. I would encourage others to consider SERC as a first option. Charlotte Hamilton Accounting Technicians Ireland

I am delighted to have completed my course at SERC. I would like to take this opportunity to thank all my lecturers who were very supportive and encouraging. Thanks to the skills and knowledge gained at SERC, I received an unconditional offer to study my chosen subject at University. Victoria Montgomery Music Technology

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 23

Gain work experience Abroad! All students enrolled from Level 2 up to our Level 5 Higher Education courses are eligible to participate in the Funded Erasmus+ European Work Experience Programme. Opportunities are available in Spain, Tenerife, Italy and Malta to undertake a 2 week work placement in a relevant business.

Study USA Develop your employability prospects by taking part in Study USA. Study USA is an innovative programme which offers students the opportunity to study business for one year in America. The programme which is administered by the British Council will ensure you gain international exposure, enhance your business and management skills and increase your job prospects while enhancing your CV!

Gaining work experience abroad will help boost your self-confidence, independence and improve your employability prospects, giving your CV the edge when you come to apply for jobs. It’s 100% funded by the EU’s Erasmus+ Programme, and students selected for this project will be supported with: • • • • • • •

The cost of travel to and from the UK Accommodation costs including utilities Local travel costs in Europe Subsistence money Meals and cultural activities A work placement in your vocational area Support from tutors and host organisations

A recruitment and selection process for suitable candidates takes place every Autumn. Work placements are currently available in the following areas: Animal Management, IT, Travel and Tourism, Sport, Catering, Performing Arts, Construction and Early Years.

Return to contents page


24 / WELCOME

Downpatrick Outstanding Facilities

Specialising in Hairdressing, Beauty, Hospitality, Computing, Tourism, Art and Design, Engineering. Motor Vehicle, Early Years, Health and Care, Animal Care and Construction Trades. Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 25

Downpatrick Campus Downpatrick Campus is a vibrant learning environment with a welcoming and friendly atmosphere and fantastic facilities designed to hone student’s specialist skills and training. Our training restaurant The McNeill Room which is open to the public, prepares the next generation of chefs and front of house staff for the Hospitality industry. DeCourcy Hair and Beauty Salon is also open to the public during term time and allows students to gain practical experience of working in a fully operational salon.

A ÂŁ33 million world class learning facility

Return to contents page


26 / WELCOME

All the Support you Need What’s the first thing that people notice here at SERC? It’s our welcoming and friendly atmosphere - and all the support you need to achieve your ambitions. Supporting you

Student Finance

If you need advice and support Our award winning Careers Officers can help you find the answers. They can advise you on matching your skills to your career, tell you which qualifications you’ll need to get your dream job and help you get any additional support you might need. There is a whole range of support available to ensure your time at SERC is enjoyable and that you reach your full potential.

If you’re concerned about the costs you will incur while studying, contact our Student Finance Team fro advice on finanical support options that may be avaiable studentfinance@serc.ac.uk.

If you have additional learning needs We’ve got excellent facilities and resources to support all our students, as well as a welcoming and helpful team of specialist support staff. From dyslexia to mental health and mobility access requirements, our Learning Support team can work with you to arrange the additional support you need to succeed. If things are getting on top of you Our free personal counselling service is here to help. If you need somewhere to study Our Learning Resource Centre has everything you need - thousands of books, computers and digital resources; and fantastic staff to help you find what you want. We also have English and Maths HUB's on each Campus.

You may be able to get help with expenses like travel to and from Collge, books and materials/kits required for your courese, maintenace/living costs (full time students only), tuition fees, and childcare*. Some support is in the form of grants, this is money you do not have to repay, while other support is in the forms of loans, which you will need to repay in the future.* To make sure your funding is in place from the start of term you should contact us for advice on the financial options available to you prior to commencing your course. Higher Education - Financial Support Options* • Student Finance NI/Student Loans Company – Full Time Students (PN1 form). Repayable tuition fee and maintenance loans, means tested, non-repayable, maintenance grant and other supplementary grants, including childcare.

Student Finance NI/Student Loans Company – Part Time Students (PTL form). In addition to means tested tuition fee and course grants a non-means tested repayable tuition fee loan has been introduced. This can be used as a top up to the course fee grant, if it does not cover your full course fees, or to pay your full fees if you are not eligible for a tuition fee grant. Hardship Fund – assistance with costs associated with attending College for students who are unable to receive financial support from other sources. Care to Learn – assistance with the costs of registered childcare.

Further information is available on all financial support options in the Fees and Finance section of our website: www.serc.ac.uk/fees-and-finance *subject to eligibility, terms and conditions apply

Fees Fees are applicable for all HE courses. The rate of fees that you pay will depend upon where you live. Northern Ireland domiciled* students can apply for a loan for tuition fees, a maintenance loan for living costs and a non-repayable maintenance grant (for lower income households). For further information please visit: www.studentfinanceni.co.uk *Where Northern Ireland is the student’s permanent home

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 27

Students from England, Scotland and Wales will pay a higher rate of tuition fees and should contact the agencies below for further information on the support available: • • •

Student Finance England (in England) www.gov.uk/student-finance Student Awards Agency for Scotland (in Scotland) www.saas.gov.uk Student Finance Wales (in Wales) www.studentfinancewales.co.uk

For confirmation of the tuition fee rates for 2018-2019 and for further information on tuition fee liability and the payment process see the Fees & Finance section of our website: www.serc.ac.uk/fees-andfinance

ETI* says... There is outstanding quality of the care, guidance and support in place for students

Safeguarding and Equality Equality & Diversity We welcome and celebrate the unique talent and experience of each individual student. We’re proud to have built a community that celebrates it’s diversity, and makes sure everyone is valued, supported and respected. Worried about your own or someone else’s safety? Everyone needs a safe environment to thrive. Here at SERC, we’re committed to making sure that you’re kept safe from harm, such as neglect, bullying or abuse. If you’re in an unsafe situation at home, at College or anywhere else, we’re here to support you and involve people who can help. We are passionate about safeguarding our students and helping them to keep safe. If you need support or advice you can contact our Safeguarding Team.

Thought about how you will finance your college expenses? Money is available to assist you with the costs you will incur while you study† You may be eligible for money towards the following costs: • Fees • Books, kits and materials • Home to College Travel • Placement Travel • Maintenance/Living costs • Childcare *ETI, Education Training Inspectorate

† Eligibility terms & conditions apply. Speak to a College Student Finance Advisor for further information


28 / WELCOME

Prize Winners

Applied Science SERC’s Eufloria project wins a Grow Wild Award

Sport Bethany Firth 3 gold and 1 silver at the 2016 Paralympic Games in Rio de Janeiro

Motor Vehicle Michael Kelly UK’s best Heavy Vehicle Engineer at the IMI Skills Auto Competition

Applied Science Beauty Therapy Amy Thompson Finalist in the Global Makeup Competition

Chef David Haggan Young Chef Olympiad

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Holly King and Molly McConnell Highly Commended in the BT Young Scientist and Technology Exhibition


WELCOME / 29

Engineering Matthew McKeown and Tarique Greene Northern Ireland Young Engineers 2017 at the Sentinus Young Innovator awards

Carpentry and Joinery William Campbell Gold medal at the WorldSkills

Robotics Engineering Jordyn Martin and Luke Robinson Robocon winners

Bricklaying Jemuel Chamos Gold at the UK's National WorldSkills competition

Plastering Curtis Johnston Silver medal at Skillbuild NI National Finals

Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Luke Courtney Gold at the UK's National WorldSkills competition

Return to contents page


30 / WELCOME

Entry Requirements The table below shows typical entry requirements for each level, although your chosen course may have specific requirements, so please check individual course requirements. Vocational Courses

Entry Requirements

Equivalent

When Completed

Level 6

Bachelor Degree

Successful completion of Level 5 related qualification or related industry experience and an interview

BA (Hons)

Continue to Masters or use your skills to start work

Level 5

Higher National Diplomas (HNDs), Foundation Degrees

Successful completion of Level 4 related qualification or related industry experience and an interview

2nd year of a Bachelor Degree

Progress to University or use your skills to start work

Level 4

Higher National Certificates (HNCs), Higher Level Apprenticeships

A Levels or successful completion of Level 3 related qualification or related industry experience and an interview

1st year of a Bachelor Degree

Progress to Higher Education at SERC, University or use your skills to start work

BTECs, Diplomas, Apprenticeships and Access to Education

5 GCSEs at grades C/4 or above including English Language and/or Maths (some courses may require both, please check your individual course). Or successful completion of a Level 2 related qualification and interview.

A Levels

Progress to Higher Education at SERC, University or use your skills to start work

BTECs, Diplomas, Awards, Certificates, NVQs, Apprenticeships and Training for Success (Skills for Work)

4 GCSEs at grades D to G/3-1 (including a curriculum related subject, English Language and/or Maths). Or successful completion of a Level 1 related qualification.

GCSEs

Progress to Level 3 study or use skills to start work

Level 1

BTECs, Awards, Certificates, Diplomas, NVQs, Skills for your Life and Skills for Work

No formal qualifications required

Progress to Level 2 study or use skills to start work

Entry

Skills for your life (training for Success) vocational studies

No formal qualifications required

Progress to Level 1 study

Level 3 Level 2

For all courses you will be required to have an interview where you will be required to demonstrate how you meet the entry criterial. If you have been out of education for several years and don’t have the appropriate qualifications but believe you have relevant experience at an appropriate level you may qualify for a course through Accredited Prior Experiential Learning (APEL). Further details can be found at www.serc.ac.uk.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 31

Our Campuses

Bangor Campus

Downpatrick Campus

Lisburn Campus

Castle Park Road, Bangor, Co. Down, BT20 4TD

Market Street, Downpatrick, Co. Down, BT30 6LZ

Castle Street, Lisburn, Co. Down, BT27 4SU

Contact Details T 0345 600 7555 E info@serc.ac.uk

Newtownards Campus

SPACE Campus

Victoria Avenue, Newtownards, Co. Down, BT23 7EH

Castle Park Road, Bangor, Co. Down, BT20 4TD

Opening Hours Monday - Thursday 8:45am - 5:00pm Friday 8:45am - 3:30pm Saturday - Sunday Closed

Return to contents page


32 / WELCOME

Qualifications Explained

Level 5

This is a Higher Education qualification that combines academic study with workbased learning. Designed jointly by Universities, Colleges and employers, Foundation Degrees are available in a range of work-related subjects. They are designed to equip you for a particular area of work, as well as giving you the general skills that are useful in any type of job. Upon completion of a Foundation Degree you can also progress to University to top up your qualification to a Degree. Most of

HNDs are a work-related, vocational Higher Education qualification. While Degrees tend to focus on gaining knowledge, HNDs are designed to give you the skills to put that knowledge to effective use in a particular job. HNDs are highly valued by employers both in the UK and overseas, and can also count towards membership of professional bodies and other employer organisations. Upon completion of your HND you can progress to University to complete a Degree Programme.

Higher National Certificate (HNC) LEVEL 4

HNCs are a vocational Higher Education qualification that is usually studied part-time over two years. HNCs are popular with students who are already in employment as they enable you to put the skills you learn into practice in your current job. Students can top up their HNC to a HND which can lead to further study at Degree Level.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

AS Level Tariffs

A Level (A2) Tariffs

UCAS TARIFF

LEVEL 5

A Higher Level Apprenticeship is a work-based programme which enables you to earn while you learn and gain a nationally recognised professional qualification. HLAs are a great alternative to University, many offer training up to Degree level, a salary and the opportunity to start moving your career forward. All without paying hefty tuition fees or running up student debts. Choosing a HLA will give you an alternative route to high skills roles in exciting organisations, nationally recognised Access qualifications, work experience where you get UCAS paid and transferable skills Tariffs which help you progress to within your career. ACCESS OVERALL AVERAGE

Foundation Degree

Higher National Diploma (HND)

75% +

144

74%

132

72-73%

132 132

65-69%

120

60-64%

108

UCAS TARIFF POINTS

This is a Higher Education qualification that helps you develop a true understanding of a subject. At SERC you can study for a Degree part-time or through flexible learning which usually takes four years to complete. The qualification is designed to help you develop your analytical, intellectual and essay or dissertation writing skills.

LEVEL 4 AND 5

70-71%

A*

56

55-59%

96

GRADE

Level 6

Higher Level Apprenticeships

UCAS TARIFF POINTS

Degree

our Foundation Degrees are accredited by the University of Ulster, giving you a natural progression route upon completion.

GRADE

At SERC we offer a large variety of Higher Education courses which are fully recognised by employers and Universities. There are several different pathways and progression routes which allow for further study or employment.Â

A

20

A

48

52-54 %

84

B

16

B

40

50-51%

84

C

12

C

32

49- 45%

72

D

10

D

24

44-41%

60

E

6

E

16

40%

48


WELCOME / 33

Progression Chart Level

4

Level

3

Level

2

HNC

AS/A2 Level

GCSE A-C

Higher Level Apprenticeship

Level 3 Apprenticeship

Level 2 Apprenticeship

Level 3 Ext Dip

Level 2 Diploma

1

168

D*D*D

160

D*DD

152

DDD

144

DDM DMM

MMM

128 D*D*

112

D*D

104

DD

96 D*D*

MMP

MPP

84

DM

80 D*D

78

DD

72

MM

64 DM

Academic Route

Training Route

Further Education Route

UCAS TARIFF POINTS

D*D*D*

Level

Level 1 Certificate

CERTIFICATE

Foundation Degree

SUBSIDIARY DIPLOMA

Level

HND

90-CREDIT DIPLOMA

5

Higher Level Apprenticeship

DIPLOMA

Level

EXTENDED DIPLOMA

6

BTEC Nationals Grades vs UCAS Tariffs (QCF)

Degree

PPP

MP

MM

60 D*

56

D

48

MP PP

36 M

32 D*

PP P

28

D

24

M

16

P

8

Return to contents page


34 / WELCOME

SERC Students' Union As a SERC student, you are automatically a member of the Students’ Union! Getting involved with the Students’ Union will give you many ways to enrich your UCAS Statement and CV and help you secure your ambitions of securing that dream job, while enjoying yourself along the way...

Settle in Our Freshers’ Fairs take place in early September and are a great chance to make friends, find out what we’ve got to offer, pick up loads of freebies and get to know local organisations.

Be elected as a Student Leader We have lots of roles available on the Student Leadership Team including Student Governor who has a seat at the table of our Governing Body - pretty big stuff! Also, we aim to have a full team of elected officers to represent students on each campus, for example, Campus President, Welfare Officer, Activities Officer and more! This team of students work together on campaigns and issues that matter most to SERC students.

Be a Class Representative The student voice is really important at SERC and only you can know what it’s like to be a student on your particular course. As a Class Rep, you are the eyes, ears and voice for students in your class. You, as a Class Rep, have a fantastic opportunity to make a real difference to the way in which your class, course or even the College is run! Volunteer and stand out from the crowd We work closely with the careers officers to bring you volunteer opportunities which can help you gain experience in your chosen field of study or to simply give back to society in a meaningful way. This is a great way to boost your CV!

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Have fun We want you to enjoy your time at College and we have lots of events throughout the year run by students for students including fundraising and social events.

Make great savings SERC SU is affiliated to the National Union of Students who promote and represent student rights and issues. Being part of the NUS enables students to engage with a range of national opportunities. Students can also save money with the NUS Extra card which offers over 200 discounts online and in store. Find out more at

www.nus.org.uk/en/nus-extra

We really hope you enjoy your time at SERC and if you ever need a friendly ear to listen please contact us at

studentsunion@serc.ac.uk Facebook.com/SERCSU @SERCSU


WELCOME / 35

SERC Student Governor Rachel Heaney: Your SERC Student Governor After exhaustive campaigning, 25-year-old Rachael Heaney from Bangor, has been elected as SERC Student Governor for 2017/18, having secured enough votes at the polling stations. Rachael is currently completing her Access Level 3 Diploma in Foundation Studies at SERC where she has studied for the last number of years. On becoming Student Governor Rachael had this to say; “I am delighted to have been elected as Student Governor for SERC and am honoured to represent the students. With the scale of issues that face us including mental ill health, gender equality, tuition fees and funding cuts it is important that the student voice is heard by policy and decision makers. I will be representing all students at SERC so my role as Student Governor is a fundamental one in promoting their interests.

“As Governor, I aim to give students a say into what happens at the College. As a Union we will be organising a whole host of events, including a Re-Freshers Fair in February. “I always wanted the opportunity to demonstrate and develop my leadership skills so running for Student Governor gave me the chance to do just that. For me, it is important that student’ voices are heard, and that any concerns and issues students are faced with are brought to the attention of the college staff. As Student Governor my focus is on the wellbeing and health of students. I also hope to encourage more students to actively participate and get involved in SERCSU activities. “Taking up the post has been challenging but also very rewarding. It is a fantastic opportunity to make a real difference to how SERCSU and the College are run, and it also looks impressive on my CV! As Student Governor I sit on the Governing Body, education and audit committee of SERC and have equal voting powers to the other board members. “Already through my experiences of being a Student Governor and over the next year, I’m looking forward to enhancing the student experience and livening up the design of social areas around the college. Working with and listening to other students’ ideas on how to improve their learning experience at SERC is something I hope to do well in this role, but I am also keen to encourage the student body to

come and talk to us about any concerns or suggestions regarding issues they feel are relevant.” Sonya Nelson, Student Affairs Officer at SERC said; “This year we saw an increase in the number of SERC voters! The Student Union at SERC aims to enhance the learning experience through a variety of cultural, educational, social and recreational programs.

“Rachael has embraced all the opportunities that have come her way and it was thanks to be becoming a mental health ambassador that she initially decided to run for Student Governor. Rachael also took part in the You in Mind campaign and was a health and safety rep. I am confident that she will make a real difference in her time as Student Governor.” As well as securing improvements from the College, SERCSU runs its own activities to improve social interaction, health and welfare events, sports and social activities. The Union also works closely with NUS-USI to promote, extend and defend the rights of students in Northern Ireland. The Student Union is a key part of life at SERC, working closely with College staff, students and external bodies to provide an inclusive experience for everyone. As Governor of the Students Union Rachael will gain a wealth of experience organising events and chairing meetings which will support her in her career when she completes her studies.

Return to contents page


36 / WELCOME

Newtownards Outstanding Facilities

Specialist training in Heat Pump Installation, Biomass and Solar Technologies, Energy Assessment, The Code for Sustainable Homes, Wave and Tidal Energy, Deep Geothermal Power, Energy Storage and Passive and Zero Carbon Homes.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 37

Newtownards Campus Is home to SERC's Award Winning Environmental Skills Centre. Specialising in Motorsport Engineering, Bricklaying, Renewable Energies, Health and Social Care and Early Years. The Centre is a hub for Sustainable Development and Renewable Technology, which includes standalone curriculum and services such as Motor Vehicle, Plumbing and Engineering.

An industry standard facility specialising in Sustainable Energy and Renewable Technology. Return to contents page


38 / WELCOME

New Learning... New Thinking

PBL

SERC have developed a 12 step Project Based Learning (PBL) process to help you learn better. PBL uses industry focused projects to make your learning more effective. You will study in small groups, learn from each other and develop skills in a fun way. Regardless of whether you prefer to learn using written instructions or using your imagination to create new solutions, PBL will make you more employable.

Why PBL? • PBL is a student-centered approach which students find more enjoyable and satisfying • Students with PBL experience rate their abilities higher • It encourages learning from experience, allowing what has been learnt to understand problems • It helps develop team work and communication skills

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 39

PBL is used across all vocational areas at SERC and will prepare you for the world of work and help you develop the right skills, attitudes and behaviours, while having fun and learning along the way.

Š PBL copyrighted to SERC Return to contents page


40 / WELCOME

SERC Student Companies Enterprise Winners

SERC provides a range of activities through which you can develop enterprise skills. All Full-Time students spend the first two weeks of the academic year developing enterprise ideas. Students from over 30 curriculum areas collaborate in small teams to develop solutions which are exhibited in public presentation events.

You will have the opportunity to work in a student company or form your own!

2

Weeks Developing Enterprise Ideas

The best enterprise solutions voted for by students compete in an Enterprise final for the chance to win prizes. These activities will develop your skills and are great for your CV.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

SERC Student Company ANCPOS, is a group of entrepreneurial Engineering Apprentices who developed an idea for a digital control panel which would operate a fishing trawler winch. ANCPOS received technical support from engineering lecturers and business support from the University of the Third Age (U3A). They are currently working with external bodies to secure further development funding.

Maker Space

Maker Space rooms with creative equipment including 3D printers and design software are available for all students to use. Students from a range of curriculum areas can learn from each other and help each other to design and develop innovative solutions which can turn into business ideas.


WELCOME / 41

X Mex A catering based student company who provide event catering specialising in nacho dishes.

Hair Company at SERC Aim to deliver the latest hairdressing services to clients.

Cutting Edge

Impact Imaging

An engineering based student company who manufacture personalised gifts and decorative homewares.

A photography based student company who provide a range of photography services for the public.

WASTE (Water, And, Soil, Testing, Enterprise)

Scan and Save

A science based student company who offer lab based services such as PH testing of water.

Developed a browser plug-in that saves both time and money by automatically recognising what online store front you are currently using and begins checking for online vouchers.

SERC Wood Established to help the students develop their business skills and apply their joinery training for their qualification.

Glass Umbrella Theatre Company who take part in internal and external performing art shows.

Return to contents page


42 / WELCOME

Download our game and see if you can fly further than everyone else! Available on

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 43

Full-Time Higher Education

at a Glance Subject Area

APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO UNIVERSITY

Course

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Science in Applied and Medical Sciences

This table gives you an idea of the wide range of courses available for study at SERC on a Full-time basis. It will enable you to check the specific entry requirements at level 2 (GCSE or Essential Skills) as well as the UCAS points required and their

No of Years Study 2

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above A total of 4 Passes at Grade C or above

National Diploma, Access or A Level specific requirements. Further information on each course occurs later in the prospectus and will also be available on the SERC Website .

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • A Level preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology) OR • Level 3 National Diploma in an appropriate subject e.g. Science OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ with at least two science modules at 60%

Pearson BTEC HNC in Applied Biology

2

Four passes at GCSE level Grade C or above including Maths and English or equivalent

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Maths, Physics, Chemistry or Biology) OR • Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units: Chemistry for Biotechnicians and Industrial Chemical Reactions OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ with one science module at 60%

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Sport Exercise and Fitness

2

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

A minimum of 88 UCAS points including: • A levels which must include one at A2 OR • Level 3 Diploma and must include a subject in a related area OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 65%+ and with one science module at 60%

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above

Return to contents page


44 / WELCOME

Subject Area

BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM

Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Leadership and Management

2

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade c or above OR Pass in Level 2 Numeracy.

A minimum of 72 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Tourism, Hospitality and Events

2

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade c or above OR Pass in Essential Skills Numeracy.

A minimum of 72 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

BTEC HND Travel and Tourism Management

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. Liverpool John Moores Business Degree

3

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy. GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A minimum of 96 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+


WELCOME / 45

Subject Area

COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Course

Pearson BTEC HNC in Computing

No of Years Study 1

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy. GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

Pearson BTEC HND in Computing (Network Engineering)

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • An A level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Computing OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 58%+ HNC Computing at overall Pass • Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Computing as a prerequisite.

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. Two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required. Pearson BTEC HND in Computing (Software Engineering)

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

HNC Computing at overall Pass • Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Computing as a prerequisite.

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. Two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required. Ulster University Foundation Degree in Computing

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy. GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Merit or above in Level 3 Maths for IT Practitioners unit.

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • A levels OR • Level 3 Diploma in Computing OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 65+%

Two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required.

Return to contents page


46 / WELCOME

Subject Area

Course

Pearson BTEC HNC in Engineering (General)

No of Years Study 1

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND Engineering (Electrical and Electronic)

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

UCAS Target Requirements

Minimum 64 UCAS points which includes; • An A Level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Engineering OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 58%+ HNC Engineering at overall Pass • Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Engineering as a prerequisite

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy Pearson BTEC HND Engineering (Manufacturing)

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

HNC Engineering at overall Pass • Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Engineering as a prerequisite

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above

Pearson BTEC HND Engineering (General)

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • A GCE Advanced Level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Engineering OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 60%+ HNC Engineering at overall Pass • Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Engineering as a prerequisite


WELCOME / 47

Subject Area

CONSTRUCTION

Course

Pearson BTEC HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction)

No of Years Study 1

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Civil Engineering)

1

Pearson BTEC Level 5 HND in Construction and the Built Environment Construction Management)

1

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Surveying)

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

HNC Construction overall pass: • Successfully completed the Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction)

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (Building Services Engineering)

UCAS Target Requirements

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

Return to contents page


48 / WELCOME

Subject Area

HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE Maths Grade C or pass in Essential skills Numeracy Level 2

UCAS Target Requirements

Minimum 64 UCAS points which includes; • 2 A Levels OR • Level 3 Extended Diploma (Cache) OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies at 70%

Pearson BTEC HND in Advanced Practice in Work with Children and Families

2

Queen's University Belfast Foundation Degree Early Childhood Studies

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above At least 1 other GCSE Grade C or above preferably in a Science subject

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • 2 A Levels OR · Level 3 diploma or Extended Diploma OR • Level 3 Extended Diploma in CCLD OR • Access course - minimum of 55% including Mathematics and English

Pearson BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate in Health Care Practice

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Level 3 NVQ in a relevant vocational area OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+

Pearson BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate in Social and Community Work

1

GCSE English Grade C or pass in Essential Skills in Literacy Level 2 preferably a Grade C in a Science subject

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma OR • Level 3 NVQ in a relevant vocational area OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+


WELCOME / 49

Subject Area

PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Course

Pearson BTEC HNC Art & Design (Photography) RQF

No of Years Study 1

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Pearson BTEC HND in Music (QCF)

2

A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills) GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

Pearson BTEC HND in Performing Arts (QCF)

2

A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills) GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

UCAS Target Requirements

Minimum 48 UCAS points which includes; • Two A Levels at A2 which must include a grade C pass or above in an art/ photography/media related subject OR • Level 3 National Diploma MP profile in Art, Media or Photography related subject OR • A Pass in a Foundation Diploma or Foundation Degree in Art and Design A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • A levels OR • Level 3 Diploma in a related area equivalent to 32 UCAS points OR • A Level Music at Grade C or above (32 UCAS points) OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+ A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • An A Level OR • Level 3 National Diploma in Performing Arts • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 58%+

Return to contents page


50 / WELCOME

Full-Time Higher Education

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


WELCOME / 51

52

School of Applied Science, Sport and Access to University

60

School of Hospitality, Management, Tourism and Languages

70

School of Construction and Engineering Services

82

School of Health and Early Years

92

School of Computing and Engineering

100

School of Performing and Creative Arts

Return to contents page


52 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT & ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Bio Scientist £25,000 - £42,000 A Bio Scientist will require a high-level of accuracy and great attention to detail along with excellent communication skills. Usually set in a laboratory setting, you will generally work from 9am to 5pm in a range of sectors that may include agricultural, pharmaceutical or medical industries.

Nurse £22,000 - £48,000 As a nurse you are responsible for caring for the wounded and injured patients usually in an NHS hospital, a clinic or outpatients’ environment. Responsibilities range from giving medicinal treatment, using medical equipment and taking temperatures and blood pressure readings.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT & ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 53

School of Applied Science, Sport and Access to Education

Example Careers

Sports Coach

Biomedical Scientist

Solicitor Sport Psychologist Nurse Scientist Environmental Health Officer Forensic Scientist Pharmacist

Return to contents page


54 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT & ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Sport Exercise and Fitness 70264

YEAR 2 PATHWAY A: SPORT SCIENCE Mandatory modules include: • Work Based Learning • Nutrition for Sport and Exercise • Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology

FULL TIME / TWO YEARS

Optional modules will be a choice of: • PE Theory and Practice • Fitness Assessment and Instruction • Sports Coaching • Strength and Conditioning

COURSE OVERVIEW

PATHWAY B: SPORT STUDIES

The Foundation Degree in Sport Exercise and Fitness aims to ensure that the evolving needs of the sporting sector are met, including professional and volunteer coaches, managers, leaders, trainers, instructors and teachers.

Mandatory modules include: • Work Based Learning • Nutrition for Sport and Exercise • Coordinating Sporting Activities

Bangor

COURSE CONTENT The full-time programme has two distinct pathways available:

YEAR 1 PATHWAY A: SPORT SCIENCE Modules studied will include: • Effective Learning and Understanding Research • Sport and Exercise Psychology • Introduction to Anatomy & Physiology • Basic Biomechanics • Laboratory Techniques in Sport Science • Principles of Teaching and Coaching • Exercise, Health and Lifestyle

PATHWAY B: SPORT STUDIES Modules studied will include: • Effective Learner and Understanding Research • Sport and Exercise Psychology • Sports Tactics and Skills • Principles of Teaching and Coaching • Exercise, Health and Lifestyle • Sport and Society • Introductory Coaching / Officiating Award

Optional modules will be a choice of: • PE Theory and Practice • Fitness Assessment and Instruction • Sports Coaching • Strength and Conditioning

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year

PERSONAL STUDY 19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

WORK PLACEMENT – YEAR TWO 3 days per week by 16 weeks across both semesters . An in-depth structured work placement within the Sport, Exercise and Fitness industry during the final year of the programme.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment statement. Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Previous SERC graduates of this course, have used this qualification to continue towards a BSc Degree, enter employment in the Sport, Exercise and Fitness Industry and coaching/ education fields. On successful completion of the course, some students may wish to obtain enhanced Degree entry Ulster University: There are a maximum of 10 places available to SERC students who achieve an average of 65% or more in Year 2 modules for entry into second year of BSc (Hons) Sport Science or BSc (Hons) Sport Studies at UU. Entry into the third year of the BSc (Hons) Sports Coaching is available to SERC students who achieve an average of 50% or more in Year 2 modules. This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferable skills on the course, which will help you to apply for relevant jobs within the Sport, Exercise and Fitness Industry. A range of coaching awards will be completed by each student during the programme in addition to an extended period of work placement.

THE MANDATORY QUALIFICATIONS ARE: • Sport NI Safeguarding Children - £15.00 • First Aid - £30.00 Governing Body Coaching Awards (tailored to individual student need) - Students will be expected to purchase Course Sports Kit at an estimated cost of £60. In addition students will be required to pay for their own Access NI check.


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT & ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 55

Jobs

Optional Awards • Level 3 Active IQ Personal Training - £550 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Studio Cycling - £108 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Circuit Session - £128 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Kettlebells - £128 • First Aid at Work - £60

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must also meet the following criteria:

GCSE AND UNIVERSITY GENERAL ENTRANCE REQUIREMENT STATEMENT

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above.

A LEVEL

A minimum of 88 UCAS points including: • A levels which must include one at A2 OR • Level 3 Diploma and must include a subject in a related area.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ and with one science module at 60%+.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

CoCommon European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


56 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT & ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Science in Applied and Medical Sciences 72481 Bangor

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year

PERSONAL STUDY 19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

WORK PLACEMENT – YEAR TWO

FULL TIME / TWO YEARS

5 days per week for 5 weeks in both semesters .

COURSE OVERVIEW

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

The Foundation Degree in Applied and Medical Sciences aims to ensure that the evolving needs of the science sector are met, including laboratory based training, theoretical knowledge and e-learning.

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, , presentations, practical tasks, posters, leaflets, role-play, work based learning reports and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral and written will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

The Foundation Degree is made up of 14 units in total; 8 units will be covered in Year 1 with a further 6 units in Year 2 combine to qualify as a Foundation Degree.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? MODULES WILL INCLUDE: YEAR 1 • • • • • • • •

Introduction to Biology and Disease Fundamentals of Chemistry Communications and IT Maths and Statistics for Bioscience Introduction to Laboratory Practice Human Physiology and Anatomy Chemistry Introduction to Evidence Based Professional Practice

YEAR 2 • • • • •

Cell Biology Biochemistry and Human Nutrition Work Based Learning I & II Professional Practice in the Laboratory Laboratory Skills and Safety

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

The Foundation Degree prepares you for employment in the science industry and provides you with the opportunity to gain entry to relevant degree programmes. Upon completion of this programme, you may be able to progress into the second year of existing Honours Degree programme at Ulster University based on the 2+2 model (2 years with us followed by 2 years at Ulster University). Upon completion of this programme, you may be able to progress into the second year of existing Honours Degree programme at Ulster University based on the 2+2 model (2 years with us followed by 2 years at Ulster University). Degrees you can progress to include Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Pharmaceutical Sciences, Food Nutrition. The following Degree may be entered at year one; Optometry, Stratified Medicine and Dietetics.


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT & ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 57

You may also pursue similar degrees at other universities, or begin to explore employment opportunities in this field This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student You may progress to employment in industrial laboratory work.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Students must undertake a 10-week placement within the science industry to assist in developing real-life experience and practical skills that employers want. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the science industry. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace . It is the responsibility of the student to find a placement, but will be arranged in conjunction with support from a work placement teacher.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C.

OTHER GCSE

A total of 4 passes at Grade C or above.

UCAS

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • A Level preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Chemistry or Biology) OR • Level 3 National Diploma in an appropriate subject e.g. Science

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65% with at least two science modules at a minimum of 60%.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Occasionally a small transport cost (approx. £5.00-10.00) may be incurred for class visits to W5, Queen's University Belfast or Ulster University.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


58 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT & ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Pearson BTEC HNC in Applied Biology 72193

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY

Lisburn

22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW The HNC in Applied Biology prepares you for employment in the science industry and provides you with the opportunity to gain entry to relevant Degree programmes. The learning experience is a combination of laboratory based training, field work, theoretical knowledge and e-learning. The programme incorporates a number of talks by experts from the industry and includes visits to industries, university laboratories, hospital laboratories and conservation areas. The HNC is made up of 8 units in total

MODULES WILL INCLUDE: MANDATORY MODULES: Mandatory modules, totalling 75 credits, include: • Cell Biology • Biochemistry of Macromolecules and Metabolic Pathways • Laboratory Techniques for Applied Biology • Analysis of Scientific Data and Information • Physiology of Cellular Systems in Animals

OPTIONAL MODULES: Three optional Modules will be offered from the specification, to total 45 credits (a minimum of 30 of which must be at Level 4). • Environmental monitoring and analysi • Ecological Principles and their application • Chemistry for Applied Biologists

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year

PERSONAL STUDY

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include time constrained assignments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the HNC in Applied Biology prepares you for employment in the science industry and may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further year leading to the Level 5 HND in Applied Biology. Successful completion of the HNC may also enable you to progress to further study on the first year of a Degree course, for example BSc (Hons) Microbiology and Biological Science at Queen's University Belfast and Applied Biochemical Science. With further study it may also lead to; BSc (Hons) Physiotherapy; BSc (Hons) Optometry and BSc (Hons) Radiography at Ulster University; BSc (Hons) Applied Biological Sciences and Marine Biology at Ulster University and; BSc (Hons) Environmental Science Degrees.


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT & ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 59

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HNC in Applied Biology provides a Nationally Recognised Qualification offering career progression and professional development for those already in employment and provides opportunities to progress to Higher Education. Along with the vocational skills you will also develop employability skills through workshops such as teamwork, innovation and problem solving. You are encouraged to take up work placement in hospital labs, civil service labs and educational sectors. It is the responsibility of the student to organise this work placement.

ADDITIONAL COSTS As part of the course you will be expected to participate in field trips to Lough Neagh Discovery Centre which will incur travel costs (£15.00).

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

Maths (must be GCSE Maths no equivalency).

OTHER GCSE

Four passes at GCSE level Grade C or above including Maths (no equivalency accepted) and English or equivalent.

UCAS

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Chemistry or Biology) OR • Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units: Chemistry for Biotechnicians and Industrial Chemical Reactions.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65% + and with one science module at a minimum of 60%.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


60 / BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM

Human Resource Officer £15,000 - £50,000

You will be responsible for dealing with staff at all levels within this diverse role which will include core duties such as assisting in the recruitment of new employees, recording employee information, promoting equality and developing HR policies and procedures. Progression within this role could lead to a position in senior management within an organisation.

Marketing Executive £18,000 - £35,000

Creativity and strong communication skills are key within this exciting role in which you may be undertaking duties such as research on customer and market trends, copywriting and managing social media campaigns to name but a few. You will usually be part of a team and need proficient organisational skills, coupled with a solid standard of I.T ability.

Business and Management

52 - 53

Hospitality

54 - 57

Travel and Tourism

58 - 59

GCE

58 - 59

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM / 61

School of Hospitality, Management, Tourism and Languages Example Careers

Retail Manager

Business Manager

HR Officer Accountant Head Chef Events Manager Restaurant Manager Marketing Executive Travel Agent Aviation Operations

Return to contents page


62 / BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Leadership and Management 71831 Lisburn

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY

FULL TIME / TWO YEARS

19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

COURSE OVERVIEW

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

The Foundation Degree in Leadership and Management, validated by Ulster University, has been developed to upskill and professionalise current and future business leaders. Top leadership and management talent are needed to create opportunities for growth. This Foundation Degree has been developed in order to assist in the process of developing this talent and encouraging critical and analytical thinking in students. On successful completion of the Foundation Degree, students may progress to the Ulster University BSc (Hons) Management and Leadership Development programme. Progression is via two bridging modules and entry into the final year.

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

MANDATORY MODULES: Mandatory modules include: • Introduction to Marketing • Developing People • HRM for Business • Leading People • Managing Resources • Change and Innovation • Marketing Planning • Managing Quality • Financing Operations • Professional Development • Work Based Learning This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

All students are required to complete a full-time placement (voluntary or paid) for a duration of 10-12 weeks in their second year of study, which will provide them with the opportunity to build their employability skills through working on a project within the placement organisation. Students who have completed this programme have secured a wide range of placements; including placements in the USA and ROI. All students are required to complete a project presentation on their placement.


BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM / 63

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

ACCREDITATION

On successful completion of the Foundation Degree and having met the requirements set by the University. Students may progress to either the full-time Ulster University BSc Hons Management and Leadership Development programme or the part-time BSc Hons Business Studies (Leadership and Management) at UU. Students who wish to progress to Ulster University will be required to complete two bridging modules delivered over the summer months at UU.

Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the Business Industry. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace.

ENTRY REQUIREMENT GCSE AND UNIVERSITY GENERAL ENTRANCE REQUIREMENT STATEMENT

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade c or above OR Pass in Level 2 Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 72 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS Costs of student visits are estimated at approximately £50 per annum. There may be an opportunity for students to participate in an international study tour, should this be the case it will be self-funded by the student.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


64 / BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Tourism, Hospitality and Events 71398 Bangor

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY

FULL TIME / TWO YEARS

19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

COURSE OVERVIEW

WORK PLACEMENT – YEAR TWO

This course offers exciting, modern and engaging content, embracing all three industries. It provides students with the opportunity to appreciate the symbiotic relationship that binds tourism, hospitality and events, while simultaneously acquiring a balanced mix of academic and practical skills.

The mandatory placement period is 16 weeks; the general pattern is four days in placement and one day in college.

The Foundation Degree also provides students with an opportunity to undertake a structured placement within tourism, hospitality and / or events organisations, during the final year of the programme. Placements can be undertaken locally, nationally or internationally.

MANDATORY MODULES: • • • • • • • • • • •

Effective Learner Tourism, Hospitality and Events Industry Foodservice Operations Introduction to Finance Introduction to Human Resource Management Understanding Tourism; Introduction to Event Operations Fundamentals of Marketing Tourism Today Contemporary Food and Beverage Supervision Professional Development Work Based Learning

This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Previous SERC graduates have progressed to university or employment in the relevant field. Notably, this course offers specific Ulster University enhanced progression (via a Bridging provision and subject to Ulster University minimum marks entry criteria) to the BSc Hons International Hospitality Management and standard progression to both BSc Hons International Travel & Tourism Management and BSc Hons International Leisure and Events Management. It is also possible to progress from this course to other Ulster University BSc Hons courses within Ulster Business School (for example BSc Hons Marketing).


BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM / 65

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

The course provides a strong vocational content delivered through tourism, hospitality and events specific modules. You will be presented with opportunities to acquire and enhance academic, technical (industry specific) and transferable skills (communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership, critical thinking) which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the tourism, hospitality and events industry.

GCSE AND UNIVERSITY GENERAL ENTRANCE REQUIREMENT STATEMENT

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade c or above OR Pass in Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 72 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

By the end of the entire course, students are expected to provide evidence of a total of 25 weeks industry experience, including the placement period. Students are strongly encouraged to identify and secure their own placement. SERC’s Placement Officer can offer support to students’ own efforts for identifying appropriate placements.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS It is recommended to budget approximately £150 - £200 per academic year to allow for routine field trips, uniforms, learning materials and additional Part-Time qualifications which may be relevant. Any optional additional study trips that involve overnight stays would be an additional cost.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ACCREDITATION This course is offered as a collaborative provision with Ulster University; Ulster University is the validating body regulating the course.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


66 / BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM

BTEC HND Travel and Tourism Management 71223 Lisburn FULL TIME / TWO YEARS COURSE OVERVIEW This course aims to provide the Travel and Tourism student with a comprehensive and flexible framework for education and training in line with professional accreditation requirements, which facilities safe practice within both the Travel, Tourism sector. At all levels students will be able to gain knowledge of key aspects of the Travel and Tourism industry. The HND in Travel and Tourism is achieved after 2 years of full time. (2 academic years) Timetabled over 15 hours per week and an additional 3 hours per week to complete the Level 2 Tour Guiding in year 2 of the programme qualification. Study includes a combination of classroom teaching and scheduled educational visits and guest speakers. ln Year 1 all students will study 4 modules over each academic semester (8 in total per year) and in Year 2 you will complete 8 modules.

SUBJECTS STUDIED WILL INCLUDE: YEAR 1 • The Contemporary Travel and Tourism Industry • Managing the Customer Experience • Professional Identity and Practice • The Travel and Tourism BusinessToolkit • Leadership and Management for Service Industries (Pearson-set) • Global Tourism Destinations • Visitor Attraction Management • Marketing Essentials for Travel and Tourism

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

YEAR 2 • • • • • • • •

Research Project (Pearson-set) Tourism Consumer Behaviour and Insight Destination Marketing Developing the Event Experience Sustainable and Responsible Management Special Interest Tourism Organisational Behaviour Strategic Human Resource Management

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials plus up to 3 hours per week to complete the OCN Level 2 Tour Guiding Qualification in Year 2 of the programme. A maximum of 18 hrs per week.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 7 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The HND in Travel and Tourism qualifies students to work within the industry. This course provides students with extensive opportunities for further study at a higher level eg Preston University, John Moores University and Ulster University top up degree. Entry can range from year 2 to final year entry depending on grades achieved and individual university entrance criteria set per year.


BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM / 67

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of the HND in Travel and Tourism equips students to work within the industry. The 2 years of full time study provides students with flexibility of choice and opportunity to enhance current skills, knowledge and employability e.g. promotion opportunities, in their existing professional roles in a relevant sector e.g. • Marketing and Sales Manager • Operations Manager • Tourism Development Manager • Visitor Attractions Manager • Events Manager

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE AND UNIVERSITY GENERAL ENTRANCE REQUIREMENT STATEMENT

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS Estimated cost for field trips, college educational programmes and uniforms (College Hoodie) £300.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

It is critical that the applicant has an appropriate level of English language skills if English is not the first language.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


68 / BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM

LJMU BUSINESS DEGREE 70010 Bangor FULL TIME / THREE YEARS COURSE OVERVIEW The BA (Hons) Business Studies Degree programme is designed to equip students with the necessary skills to enter into the general business environment on completion of the programme of study. This programme is delivered on a full-time basis over a period of 3 years. Students are required to complete 7 modules in Year 1, 8 modules in Year 2 and 5 modules in Year 3. Students are expected to complete a minimum of 20 hrs independent study each week. Modules of the programme are listed below; all modules are mandatory.

SUBJECTS OF STUDY INCLUDE:

LEVEL 5 OPTIONAL MODULES (FROM WHICH 2 WILL BE CHOSEN). • • • •

Managing People Service Quality Management International Monetary & Financial Systems Consumer & Buyer Behaviour in Action

LEVEL 6 MANDATORY MODULES • Corporate Social Responsibility • Strategic Management • Business Studies Project OR Strategic Decision Making & Business Consultancy

LEVEL 6 OPTIONAL MODULES (FROM WHICH 2 WILL BE CHOSEN). • • • • • • • •

International Corporate Finance Managing Performance & Engagement Employment Law in Context Business Quality Management Marketing for Emerging Markets Strategic Branding International Business Organisations international Business Cultures

LEVEL 4 • • • • • • •

Contemporary Business Issues Business Process Management Digital Business Academic and Business Skills Marketing for Business Organisational Behaviour Finance & Accounting Skills

LEVEL 5 MANDATORY MODULES • • • • • •

Employability Skills Economics & Regulation Managing Business Projects Law for Business Studies International Institutions, Trade & Markets Research Methods

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 20 hours studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY & TOURISM / 69

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

ACCREDITATION

On successful completion of this programme you will enhance your professional development and as a Business Studies graduate you will be able to offer a current or potential employer a range of business skills that will be beneficial to their organisation.

Course and provider regulated by Liverpool John Moores University

Possible further study may include postgraduate qualifications such as Masters Degrees, and professional qualifications from bodies such as Chartered Institute of Marketing, Institute of Personnel Development, Accounting Technicians Ireland, Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply, Association of Project Management.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 96 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

RPL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the business environment. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace. These include: • Having an ability to operate with a body of knowledge • Being an effective problem solver • Working autonomously and collaboratively • Demonstrating commitment to ethical action and social responsibility • Communicating effectively

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

Applicants should ideally possess a minimum of 96 tariff points, Access grade of 60%+, or equivalent and hold passes in GCSE English and Mathematics with at least Grade C. Alternatively relevant industrial experience may be taken into consideration.

ADDITIONAL COSTS

Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) is a process by which you may be awarded credits for learning that you have gained in the past, and which is relevant to the course to which you have applied. It may also help you gain entry to a programme if you do not have the required entry qualifications. This may be certificated or experiential learning.

Students may also be required to participate in industrial visits; the costs of the industrial visits throughout the year including a short residential are estimated at a cost to the student of approx. £100 in total.

Applicants must satisfy the University’s general entry requirements and specific requirements. Each applicant is entitled to the appropriate information, advice and counselling to assess their entrance level and vocational choice. All applicants will be interviewed to establish their suitability for the course.

Students may also have the opportunity to participate in an International Study Tour, which would be self-funded at a cost of approximately £350 by the student.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


70 / CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES

Site Manager £27,000 - £70,000

Leadership, problem solving and decision making are at the core of the responsibilities within this role. You will likely be working for building companies and sub-contractors managing various construction projects, sometimes simultaneous projects.

Civil Engineer £14,000 - £45,000

Engineering and construction projects may vary between structural, transportation, environmental or maritime for example. You will require skills in Computer Aided Design, surveying sites, preparing costs and timeframes to ensure an effective output as a team.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES / 71

School of Construction and Engineering Services

Example Careers

Civil Engineer

Architect

Quantity Surveyor Site Manager

Return to contents page


72 / CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction) 70386

OPTIONAL UNITS

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

• Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out • Site Supervision & Operations

Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY

Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn

Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

FULL TIME / ONE YEAR

PERSONAL STUDY

COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to Level 5.

22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HNC consists of four Core Units (Mandatory), two Specialist Units (Mandatory) and two optional units.

MODULES STUDIED: CORE UNITS • • • •

Individual Project, Construction Technology, Science & Materials Construction Practice & Management.

SPECIALIST UNITS • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification)

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.


CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES / 73

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits. Estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including:: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


74 / CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Civil Engineering) 78508 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to Level 5. Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HNC consists of four Core Units (Mandatory), three Specialist Units (Mandatory) and one optional unit.

MODULES STUDIED: CORE UNITS • • • •

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Individual Project, Construction Technology, Science & Materials Construction Practice & Management.


CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES / 75

SPECIALIST UNITS • Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) • Mathematics for Construction • Principles of Structural Design

OPTIONAL UNITS

Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and and will give you the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

• Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits. Estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ACCREDITATION

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including:: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


76 / CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Surveying) 78509

SPECIALIST UNITS

Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK

FULL TIME / ONE YEAR

• Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Measurement & Estimating • Financial Management & Business Practices in Construction

OPTIONAL UNITS • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out

15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to Level 5. Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HNC consists of four Core Units (Mandatory), three Specialist Units (Mandatory) and one optional unit.

MODULES STUDIED: CORE UNITS • • • •

Individual Project, Construction Technology, Science & Materials Construction Practice & Management.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.


CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES / 77

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including:: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits. Estimated cost £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated cost £30.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


78 / CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (Building Services Engineering) 70384

SPECIALIST UNITS

Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK

FULL TIME / ONE YEAR

• Mathematics for Construction • Principles of Heating Services Design & Installation • Principles of Ventilation & Air-conditioning Design & Installation

OPTIONAL UNITS • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out

15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to Level 5. Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HNC consists of four Core Units (Mandatory), three Specialist Units (Mandatory) and one optional unit.

MODULES STUDIED: CORE UNITS • • • •

Individual Project, Construction Technology, Science & Materials Construction Practice & Management.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.


CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES / 79

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including:: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits. Estimated cost £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated cost £30.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


80 / CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC Level 5 HND in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction Management) 78510 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HND Construction Management course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to employment or Level 6. Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HND consists of five Core Units (Mandatory), five Specialist Units (Mandatory) and five optional units. The HND is the natural progression route for those candidates who have successfully completed the Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction).

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

MODULES STUDIED: CORE UNITS • • • • • • • • • • •

Individual Project, Construction Technology, Science & Materials Construction Practice & Management. Group Project (Pearson-set) Specialist Units Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) Contracts & Management Project Management Management for Complex Building Projects

OPTIONAL UNITS • • • • •

Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out Site Supervision & Operations Maintenance & Operations Alternative Methods of Construction Contracts & Management

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING SERVICES / 81

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

ADDITIONAL COSTS

Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits. Estimated cost ÂŁ30.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HND courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated cost ÂŁ30.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS HNC

Successfully completed the Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction)

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


82 / HEALTH & EARLY YEARS

Social Worker £24,000 -£40,000

You will be required to obtain a Degree in social work approved by the Health and Care Professions Council. Excellent interpersonal skills are a must as well as the ability to stay calm in stressful situations. You will make key decisions and you will have some administrative work as you work with children, families and vulnerable people.

Teacher £22,900 - £67,900

Qualified Teaching Status along with a Bachelor of Education Degree as a primary route. If you already have a Degree, a PGCE would be the most advisable way of becoming a teacher. You will need solid presentation skills, the ability to communicate effectively and be able to plan and prepare lessons. You could work at primary, secondary or further education level.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH & EARLY YEARS / 83

School of Health and Early Years

Example Careers

Social Worker

Mental Health Nurse Teacher Paramedic Outreach Worker Nurse Children's Nurse Occupational Health Nurse

Return to contents page


84 / HEALTH & EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate in Health Care Practice 78501 Lisburn / Newtownards FULL TIME / ONE YEAR

MANDATORY MODULES: • Law, Policy and Ethical Practice in Health and Social Care Health & Safety in the Health & Social Care Workplace • Demonstrating Professional Principles and Values in Health and Social Care Practice • Supporting the Individual Journey through Integrated Health and Social Care • Fundamentals of Evidence-based Practice • Health Education in Action • Effective Healthcare Practice using Maths • Anatomy and Physiology for Health and Ill-Health

COURSE OVERVIEW This course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and a 225-hour work placement in a relevant Health and Social Care workplace. This may be your current job if suitable. Both of these elements are a compulsory part of the course. It is the student's responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction. The purpose of Pearson BTEC Higher National Certificate in Health Care Practice is to develop students as professional, selfreflecting individuals able to meet the demands of employers in the social and community work sector and adapt to a constantly changing world. The qualifications aim to widen access to Higher Education and enhance the career prospects of those who undertake them. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for continuing education, employment and professional development within the Health and Social Care sector. You will be encouraged to develop and reflect on your learning within a continuous learning environment.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

PLACEMENT This will require you to attend College for 3 days a week and to attend your vocational placement for up to 2 days a week.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and exams. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


HEALTH & EARLY YEARS / 85

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include further study or employment in the relevant field. This qualification will give you a minimum of 120 credits which you can use to apply to related Degree programmes. Previous SERC Graduates have successfully applied to Degrees in Nursing, Midwifery, Social Work, Occupational Therapy, Psychology, Youth work, Speech & Language Therapy. In 2015/2016, over 85% of HNC students received their 1st choice University offer with the majority progressing to Queen's and Ulster University to study Nursing and Social Work. The course can lead directly into a career in Health and Social Care, for example previous students have sought employment as auxiliary nurses, community care assistants, and residential support workers. Students can progress to the Level 5 HND (Management Level which is delivered in the Newtownards Campus as a blended learning course). Your tutors will discuss this during the Level 4 programme.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must be at least 18 years old and meet the following criteria:

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent

UCAS

This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging Health and Social Care sector.

A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include: • Two A Levels • Level 3 BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+

ADDITIONAL COSTS

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL SKILLS

Experience of work or placements in the health and social sector are desirable criteria

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

Students must pay for their Access NI clearance, current cost is £33 - please note your own workplace clearance may suffice. Students will have to pay for production of posters for class presentations. Approximate cost of £30.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


86 / HEALTH & EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate in Social and Community Work 78523 Newtownards FULL TIME / ONE YEAR

MANDATORY MODULES: • Law, Policy and Ethical Practice in Health and Social Care Health & Safety in the Health & Social Care Workplace • Demonstrating Professional Principles and Values in Health and Social Care Practice • Supporting the Individual Journey through Integrated Health and Social Care • Fundamentals of Evidence-based Practice • Health Education in Action • Effective Healthcare Practice using Maths • Anatomy and Physiology for Health and Ill-Health

COURSE OVERVIEW This course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and a 225-hour work placement in a relevant Health and Social Care workplace. This may be your current job if suitable. Both of these elements are a compulsory part of the course. It is the student's responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction. The purpose of Pearson BTEC Higher National Certificate in Social and Community Work is to develop students as professional, self-reflecting individuals able to meet the demands of employers in the social and community work sector and adapt to a constantly changing world. The qualifications aim to widen access to higher education and enhance the career prospects of those who undertake them. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for continuing education, employment and professional development within the Health and Social Care sector. You will be encouraged to develop and reflect on your learning within a continuous learning environment.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

PLACEMENT This will require you to attend college for 3 days a week and to attend your vocational placement for up to 2 days a week.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and exams. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


HEALTH & EARLY YEARS / 87

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include further study or employment in the relevant field. This qualification will give you a minimum of 120 credits which you can use to apply to related Degree programmes. Previous SERC Graduates have successfully applied to Degrees in Nursing, Midwifery, Social Work, Occupational Therapy, Psychology, Youth work, Speech & Language Therapy. In 2015/2016, over 85% of HNC students received their 1st choice University offer with the majority progressing to Queen's and Ulster University to study Nursing and Social Work. The course can lead directly into a career in Health and Social Care, for example previous students have sought employment as auxiliary nurses, community care assistants, and residential support workers. Students can progress to the Level 5 HND (Management Level which is delivered in the Newtownards Campus as a blended learning course). Your tutors will discuss this during the Level 4 programme.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must be at least 18 years old and meet the following criteria:

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent

UCAS

This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging Health and Social Care sector.

A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include: • Two GCE A Levels OR • Level 3 BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma OR • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+

ADDITIONAL COSTS

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL SKILLS

Experience of work or placements in the health and social sector are desirable criteria

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

Students must pay for their Access NI clearance, current cost is £33 - please note your own workplace clearance may suffice. Students will have to pay for production of posters for class presentations. Approximate cost of £30.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


88 / HEALTH & EARLY YEARS

Queen's University Belfast Foundation Degree Early Childhood Studies 70252 Lisburn

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY

FULL TIME / TWO YEARS

19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

COURSE OVERVIEW

WORK PLACEMENT (FULL-TIME)

This course is suitable for all students who wish to work in an early years setting. The course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and practical work placements. Both of these elements are a compulsory part of the course. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for employment and professional development with the Early Years sector.

Minimum 2 days per week across both semesters. If timetabling allows, 3 days of placement could be completed.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

A total of 12 modules may be studied over two years Full-Time. These include topics such as:

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

YEAR 1

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

• • • • •

Child Development Historical Overview Professional Practice 1 Learning through Play The Acquisition of Language and Communication Skills • Quality Provision in the Early Years

YEAR 2 • Safeguarding Children • Developing Skills and Strategies for Managing Children’s Behaviour • Professional Practice 2 • Working with Children with Additional Needs • Anti Discriminatory Practice and Inclusion in the Early Years Environment • Working with Babies (0-3 years)

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

On successful completion of the course you will graduate from Queen's University Belfast with a Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies. Those students who achieve the standard required by Stranmillis University College may be able to progress to Stage 2 of the full-time or part-time BA (Hons) Degree in Early Childhood Studies. Students also have the opportunity to top up this qualification through an online distance learning degree.


HEALTH & EARLY YEARS / 89

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies is designed for those people who wish to pursue a career in childcare or health and education or who wish to progress to degree courses in Early Childhood Studies. Students who are currently employed in any early years setting will be able to use this as placement experience.

ADDITIONAL COSTS All Full-Time students will be required to undertake study visits for which they will pay a nominal sum. This will be in the region of £30 per year. To attend placement, students will be required to have an enhanced Access NI check completed which will cost £33.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Queens University Belfast. (Please note these criteria may be enhanced by Queen's University Belfast, Stranmillis University College). Evidence of examination grades must be submitted with the application form. Evidence is also required of ability in appropriate skills and knowledge to undertake the programme. Applicants are also required to provide a reference with their application. Completed application forms are submitted for approval to Stranmillis University College on set dates. Original examination evidence is also verified by Stranmillis University College Academic Registry prior to registration on the course.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE AND UNIVERSITY GENERAL ENTRANCE REQUIREMENT STATEMENT

GCSE English Language Grade C or above; and GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above, At least 1 other GCSE Grade C or above preferably in a Science subject

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include : • 2 A Levels • Level 3 diploma or Extended Diploma • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND

Irish leaving certificate - normally BBBBB at Higher (must have English and Maths Ordinary level Grade D or better)

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access course - minimum of 55% including Mathematics and English

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


90 / HEALTH & EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC HND in Advanced Practice in Work with Children and Families 71128 Lisburn FULL TIME / TWO YEARS COURSE OVERVIEW This course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and practical work placements. Both of these elements are a compulsory part of the course. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for employment and professional development within the early years sector.

MANDATORY MODULES • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Professional Development Play in an Early Years Environment Theories of Development: three plus Language Development Research Project Health Promotion Medical Conditions in the Early Years Working with Families Continuing development Language and leadership Understanding the world around us Inclusion Medical Conditions

*You must complete at least 800 hours of practice in a vocational setting. To build up these hours you can use vocational placement experience or vocationally relevant current voluntary work or vocationally relevant current paid employment.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH & EARLY YEARS / 91

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 15 hours per week average over the academic year which will be placement based.

PERSONAL STUDY 7 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course opens up a wide spectrum of opportunities for working within the children's workforce and is entry in to a range of Early Childhood Studies degree programmes.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging early years sector.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or level 2 Essential Skills in Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or level 2 Essential skills in Numeracy

ADDITIONAL GCSE

GCSE Grade C in a Science subject is preferable

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include : • 2 A Levels • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND

Grades BCCC in Irish leaving cert, plus Maths and English at grade D in Junior cert.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies at 70%

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS All fulltime students will be required to undertake study visits for which they will pay a nominal sum. This will be in the region of £30 a year. Access NI clearance will need to be processed for each student at a cost of £33. In addition, if you have a placement in day care you will be required to have a social services check.

ACCREDITATION

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

Experience of work or placements in the early years sector are essential criteria.

This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


92 / PERFORMING & CREATIVE ARTS

Photographer £14,000 - £50,000

You can work for companies or individual clients, on a freelance or employed basis, usually specialising in an area such as fashion, portrait, wedding or e-commerce photography. You will require design and technical ability as well as attention to detail.

Choreographer £15,000 - £40,000

You will create dance routines with movement sequences in a wide range of settings. You may also be involved in choosing music, auditioning of dancers and working with costume designer and musical directors. You will need advanced dancing skills along with good teaching and communication skills.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING & CREATIVE ARTS / 93

School of Performing and Creative Arts

Example Careers

Photographer

Production Designer

Fashion Designer TV Production Designer Dancer Beautician Film Maker Musician Theatrical Make up Artist Hairdresser Spa Therapist Barber Music Producer

Return to contents page


94 / PERFORMING & CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC HNC Art & Design (Photography) RQF 72042

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY

Bangor

22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

FULL TIME / ONE YEAR

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

COURSE OVERVIEW This exciting, new and dynamic full-time one year practical course offers students the opportunity to study contemporary photographic practice. Students gain experience and practical knowledge in contemporary industry practice using state of the art equipment whilst applying practical business practice to prepare them for work or to top up to the HND Photography.

MODULES WILL INCLUDE: MANDATORY CORE UNITS: • • • • • •

Professional development Contextual studies Individual project Techniques and Processes Lighting for photography Photographic practices

OPTIONAL UNITS WILL INCLUDE: • • • •

Darkroom techniques Communication in art and design Visual narratives Moving image

You will also work towards a Personal Development qualification and will be involved in a range of activities, with a view to improve your employability prospects.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the HNC Photography course may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further year leading to the Level 5 HND in photography.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the photographic industry. "Impact Imaging”, the HN Photography Student Company, provides students with industrial experience, working with real clients. It will enhance your employability and professional skills, in preparation for further study on a Photography Degree course or the workplace.


PERFORMING & CREATIVE ARTS / 95

ADDITIONAL COSTS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Students will be required to purchase the following materials as part of the completion of module assignments: • DSLR camera (approximately £550) • camera film (£4-5 each) • darkroom printing paper (£40 per box of 100 sheets) • digital printing (£2 A4 in house) • A3 workbook for practical work (£3-5). • Programme educational visits and trips (approximately £200)

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 which must include a grade C pass or above in an art/photography/media related subject OR • Level 3 National Diploma MP profile in art, media or photography related subject. OR • A Pass in a Foundation Diploma or Foundation Degree in Art and Design

ACCREDITATION

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section

This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification/s gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


96 / PERFORMING & CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC HND in Music (QCF) 70804 Bangor FULL TIME / TWO YEARS COURSE OVERVIEW This course has been designed to meet the growing demand for expertise in the areas of music and music technology and can lead to careers in the music industry. The course will be delivered in the new, purpose made building at the Bangor campus of the college and includes facilities such as state of the art recording studios and music rehearsal rooms as well as bespoke performance spaces and high-end computer labs. You will take several mandatory modules in each year of the programme along with pathway modules depending on your chosen pathway: music performance or music production.

MANDATORY MODULES WILL INCLUDE: • • • • • • •

Critical Music Listening Improvisation in Music Music in Context Music Technology Composing for Film and Television Creative Arts Research Skills Preparation, Process and Production in the Creative Arts

OPTIONAL PATHWAY MODULES PERFORMANCE PATHWAY: • • • • • • • • •

Arranging Harmony & Composition Music Performance Studies Band Rehearsal and Performance Harmony & Arranging Music Performance Skills Orchestration Song writing Techniques and Skills Project Design, Implementation and Evaluation

PRODUCTION PATHWAY: • • • • • • • • •

Audio Mastering and Manufacture Principles of Musical Sound Studio Recording and Engineering Applied Production Techniques Computer Music Composition and Production Live Sound for Small Venues Music Studio Production Work Based Experience Public Performance Technology

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING & CREATIVE ARTS / 97

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Previous students on this course have gained employment as live sound engineers and successful songwriters as well as establishing their own businesses. This course has partnerships with Queen’s University Belfast and Dundalk Institute of Technology whereby access to year two of music performance or music technology can be gained with appropriate grades in particular subjects. The course also has work placement that provides learners with the opportunity to experience the music industry first hand and help establish themselves in a chosen area. This will be facilitated by college with the student choosing the placement provider.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? • Gaining a vocational qualification demonstrating your technical competence • Gaining a Personal Development qualification demonstrating your employability skills (communication, teamwork, critical thinking) • Gaining hands on experience through Industry Projects • Getting involved in activities such as the SERC Volunteer Programme and SERC Student Companies • This course will help you succeed in a highly competitive job market by developing the skills and knowledge which employers need you to have.

ADDITIONAL COSTS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE

A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills)

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

UCAS

A minimum of 32 UCAS points which can be made up of • A levels OR • Level 3 Diploma in a related area equivalent to 32 UCAS points OR • A Level Music at Grade C or above (32 UCAS points)

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL SKILLS

Desirable qualities should include good performance/production skills and/or experience

While all major equipment is provided, you will need to provide your own instrument.

ACCREDITATION

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification/s gained at an Institution within the UK).

This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


98 / PERFORMING & CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC HND in Performing Arts (QCF) 71239 Bangor FULL TIME / TWO YEARS COURSE OVERVIEW Accredited via Pearson, this two-year course has an emphasis on learning skills current to the performing arts industry with the aim of increasing your employability. It is a production-based course for students who wish to develop skills in the performing arts. The course is highly practical, but it also demands academic ability. We use Project Based Learning (PBL) approaches which give you industry relevant experiential learning. This will prepare you for employment within the broad spectrum of the performing arts field.

MANDATORY MODULES WILL INCLUDE: • Popular Entertainment • Voice and Speech Development and Practice • Naturalistic Acting • Devising Performance • Lighting Operations for Live Performance • Acting for Microphone • Site-specific Performance • Acting for Camera • Development of Acting Skills • Creative Arts Workshop Leadership Theatre Directing • Alternative Approaches to Acting • Innovative Theatre Performance Work • Physical Theatre • Final Major Performance will dictate final module choice

Additional modules can be attained via the optional dance pathway. These may include: • Commercial Dance • Choreography of Group Performance • Dance for Musical Theatre

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, project based learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include top ups at University, or employment in the relevant field. Students can gain entry to the second year, or a top-up final year of a degree programme with appropriate grades in particular subject modules. The specific vocational content of this course,

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

along with access to a state-of-the-art theatre environment provide an invaluable prerequisite to employment in all aspects of the creative arts industries. Previous students on this course have gained employment in technical theatre, teaching, and acting roles as well as establishing their own dance businesses.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? • Gaining a vocational qualification demonstrating your technical competence. • Gaining a Personal Development qualification demonstrating your employability skills (communication, teamwork, critical thinking). • Gaining hands on experience through Industry Projects. • Getting involved in activities such as the SERC Volunteer Programme and SERC Student Companies. As well as gaining a recognised qualification you will take part in employability skills workshops and gain skills in teamwork, commitment, IT and problem solving. You will also have the opportunity to become a member of The Glass Umbrella Theatre Company.


PERFORMING & CREATIVE ARTS / 99

ADDITIONAL COSTS Field trips are not compulsory, however there are occasions when lecturers will recommend productions which the teaching team deem supportive to the students' studies. The department recognises the importance of providing students with the opportunity to see professional works, both locally and internationally. Field trips do not have a direct impact on individual academic success. Costings for field trips are based on the confirmed total number of students wishing to partake. Estimated costings per programme could be in the region of £350.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE

A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills)

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

UCAS

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • An A Level OR • Level 3 National Diploma in Performing Arts

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL SKILLS

Desirable qualities should include good performance skills and/or performance experience

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


100 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Developer £20,000 - £50,000

As a software developer you will be entering one of the most in demand professions in many countries across the world. A developer will have the opportunity to work on a range of project that could include software applications, mobile applications, web development and games design.

Mechatronic Engineer £20,000 - £40,000

Mechatronics engineering is a multidisciplinary segment of the engineering field. Rather than embrace traditional divisions of engineering as distinct entities, it combines electrical engineering, computer engineering, mechanical engineering, and control engineering. Mechatronic engineers develop a wide range of systems from robotics through to automated factories.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 101

School of Computing and Engineering

Example Careers

Systems Developer

Website Designer

Mechanical Engineer Software Engineering

Systems Analysis

Electrical Engineer

Games Developer Mechatronic Engineer

Database Developer

Return to contents page


102 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC in Computing 71672 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW This course will provide you with skills in programming, networking, database design and development and other core skills required for employment within the computing industry.

MANDATORY MODULES WILL INCLUDE: • • • • • •

Programming Networking Professional Practice Database Design and Development Security Managing a Successful Computing Project

SPECIALIST MODULES: • Computer System Architecture • Website Design and Development

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 103

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course allows progression onto the HND Computing programmes, a Computing degree (normally Year 1), or employment within the computing sector. Past SERC graduates have worked for organisations such as Mango, SERC, P2V Systems and Neueda.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to develop your computing skills and project management capabilities through the computing units and Project Based Learning required to complete the course. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the computing industry.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A Minimum of 64 UCAS points including; • An A level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Computing

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


104 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND in Computing 70110 Bangor / Lisburn FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW This course will provide you with skills in programming, networking, database design and development and other core skills required for employment within the computing industry.

YEAR 1 MANDATORY UNITS: • • • • • • • •

Programming Networking Professional Practice Database Design and Development Security Managing a Successful Computing Project Computing Systems Architecture Website Design and Development

YEAR 2 MANDATORY UNITS: • Computing Research Project • Business Intelligence In addition to the year 2 mandatory units, students must select one of the following pathways for study in year 2.

PATHWAY 1 - SOFTWARE ENGINEERING • • • •

Discrete Maths Data Structures and Algorithms Advanced Programming Virtual and Augmented Reality Development • Games Development

PATHWAY 2 – NETWORK ENGINEERING • • • • •

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Transport Network Design Cloud Computing Network Security Client/Server Computing Systems Operating Systems


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 105

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course allows progression onto a computing degree (normally Year 2), or employment within the computing sector. Past SERC graduates have worked for organisations such as Mango, SERC, P2V Systems and Neueda.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to develop your computing skills and project management capabilities through the computing units and Project Based Learning required to complete the course. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the computing industry.

ADDITIONAL COSTS

ACCREDITATION

There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required

HNC COMPUTING AT OVERALL PASS

Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Computing as a prerequisite

UCAS

A Minimum of 64 UCAS points including; • An A level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Computing

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


106 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Computing 72424

OPTIONAL MODULES:

Bangor / Downpatrick

PATHWAY 1 - PROGRAMMING

FULL TIME / TWO YEARS COURSE OVERVIEW The Foundation Degree in Computing aims to develop industry current skills to ensure that the future needs of the IT sector are fully met. The Foundation Degree also provides students with an opportunity to undertake a structured work-based learning placement within the computing industry during the final year of the programme. It is the responsibility of the student to obtain a suitable work placement employer, however assistance will be provided by the college as required. This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student. Students are required to undertake mandatory modules equating to 180 credits.

MANDATORY MODULES WILL INCLUDE: • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to Programming 1 Computer Systems Effective Learning in Computing Introduction to Databases with SQL Introduction to Programming 2 Network Technology Computational Mathematics Professional Practice in an ICT Context Object-oriented Programming Work-based learning

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Currently, the optional modules are structured into two distinct pathways; however, it may be possible to study modules from both paths depending on timetable constraints. Optional modules will be a choice of:

• • • • •

Programming in .NET Software Testing Methods Web Application Development Games Development Mobile Application Development

PATHWAY 2 - INFRASTRUCTURE SUPPORT • • • •

Wide Area Networking Internet Server Management Networking Infrastructure Network Security

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

WORK PLACEMENT - YEAR TWO 4 days per week by 12 weeks in semester 2

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 107

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this course, you may progress to second year of the BSc (Hons) Computing Science at Ulster University.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to undertake a 12-week placement within the computing industry to assist you in developing real-life experience and practical skills that employers want. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the computing industry. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Access NI clearance, estimated at £33 (only if required for work-based learning placement).

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Merit or above in Level 3 Maths for IT Practitioners unit.

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required.

HNC COMPUTING AT OVERALL PASS

Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Computing as a prerequisite.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • A levels OR • Level 3 Diploma in Computing

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 65+%.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


108 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC in Engineering (General) 71939 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW The course aims to provide opportunities for engineers or technicians to study a wide and diverse range of subjects on route to achieving a Level 4, nationally recognised, vocationally specific qualification. On completion of this programme learners can continue to HND study, enter university or commence employment.

MANDATORY MODULES WILL INCLUDE: • • • •

Engineering Design Engineering Maths Engineering Science Managing a Professional Engineering Project

SPECIALIST MODULESS: • • • •

Electrical and Electronic Principles Quality and Process Improvement Automation, Robotics and PLC CAD / CAM

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 109

WORK PLACEMENT - YEAR TWO 4 days per week by 12 weeks in semester 2

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course allows progression onto HND Engineering programmes along a chosen pathway e.g. General, Manufacturing or Electronic (campus specific), entry to university engineering degrees (normally Year 1) or employment within the engineering sector. Past SERC graduates have worked for organisations such as Munster Simms, Datum Tool Design, Bombardier, 3M, Crane Energy, Kingspan, Sepha and Intel.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to develop your engineering skills and project management capabilities through the engineering units and Project Based Learning required to complete the course. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the manufacturing industry.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

UCAS

A Minimum of 64 UCAS points including; • An A level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Engineering

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 58%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS Estimated at £50 to use on materials for final year project.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


110 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND in Engineering (Manufacturing) 70803 Bangor FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW The course aims to provide opportunities for Mechanical/Manufacturing engineers or technicians to achieve a Level 5, nationally recognised, vocationally specific qualification. On completion of this programme learners can continue to university or commence employment.

MANDATORY MODULES WILL INCLUDE: • • • • •

Research Project (double unit) Professional Engineering Management Manufacturing Systems Engineering Lean Manufacturing Advanced Manufacturing Technology

SPECIALIST MODULESS: • Production Engineering for Manufacture • Virtual Engineering • Further Mathematics

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 111

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course normally allows progression onto the second year of a Degree programme. Successful completion will enable students to apply for careers within the engineering sector. Past SERC graduates have worked for organisations such as Munster Simms, Datum Tool Design, Bombardier, 3M, Crane Energy, Kingspan, Sepha and Intel.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to develop your engineering skills and project management capabilities through the engineering units and Project Based Learning required to complete the course. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the engineering industry.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Estimated at £50 to use on materials for final year project.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

HNC ENGINEERING AT OVERALL PASS

Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Engineering as a prerequisite.

UCAS

A Minimum of 64 UCAS points including; • An A level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Engineering

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 58%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


112 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND in Engineering (Electrical and Electronic) 70111 Bangor FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW The course aims to provide opportunities for electrical and electronic based engineers or technicians to achieve a Level 5, nationally recognised, vocationally specific qualification. On completion of this programme learners can continue to university or commence employment.

MANDATORY MODULES WILL INCLUDE: • • • • •

Research Project (double unit) Professional Engineering Management Further Mathematics Industrial Power, Electronics and Storage Industrial Systems

OPTIONAL MODULES: • Embedded Systems • Analogue Electronic Systems

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 113

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course normally allows progression onto the second year of a Degree programme. Successful completion will enable students to apply for careers within the engineering sector. Past SERC graduates have worked for organisations such as Munster Simms, Datum Tool Design, Bombardier, 3M, Crane Energy, Kingspan, Sepha and INTEL.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to develop your engineering skills and project management capabilities through the engineering units and Project Based Learning required to complete the course. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the electronic industry.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Estimated at £50 to use on materials for final year project.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

HNC ENGINEERING AT OVERALL PASS

Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Engineering as a prerequisite.

UCAS

A Minimum of 64 UCAS points including; • An A level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Engineering

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 58%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


114 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND Engineering (General) 71987 Downpatrick / Lisburn FULL TIME / ONE YEAR COURSE OVERVIEW The course aims to provide opportunities for engineers or technicians to study a wide and diverse range of subjects on route to achieving a Level 5, nationally recognised, vocationally specific qualification. On completion of this programme learners can continue to HND study, enter university or commence employment.

MANDATORY MODULES WILL INCLUDE: • • • •

Research Project (double unit) Professional Engineering Management Further Mathematics Lean Manufacturing

SPECIALIST UNITS: • Virtual Engineering • Embedded Systems • Analogue Electronic Systems

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 115

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course normally allows progression onto the second year of a Degree programme. Successful completion will enable students to apply for careers within the engineering sector. Past SERC graduates have worked for organisations such as Munster Simms, Datum Tool Design, Bombardier, 3M, Crane Energy, Kingspan, Sepha and Intel.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to develop your engineering skills and project management capabilities through the engineering units and Project Based Learning required to complete the course. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the manufacturing industry.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Estimated at £50 to use on materials for final year project.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

HNC ENGINEERING AT OVERALL PASS

Learners wishing to enrol on this programme must have completed an HNC in Engineering as a prerequisite.

UCAS

Minimum 64 UCAS points which includes; • A GCE Advanced level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Engineering

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 58%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 PTE 51 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


116 / COMPUTING & ENGINEERING

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronics Engineering 72490 Lisburn

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY

FULL TIME / TWO YEARS

19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

COURSE OVERVIEW

WORK PLACEMENT – YEAR TWO

Mechatronic Engineering is one of the more recently developed engineering disciplines. It combines mechanical engineering problemsolving and design skills with the expertise of digital electronics and computer systems to produce advanced products and systems through automation and the use of robotics.

3 days per week by 12 weeks across both semesters.

MODULES WILL INCLUDE: The full-time programme comprises the following modules:

YEAR 1: • • • • •

Engineering Mathematics Mechanical Principles A Manufacturing Processes Professional Studies Programmable Logic Controlled Electropneumatic Systems • CAD Techniques • Electrical & Electronic Fundamentals • Engineering Materials

YEAR 2: • • • • •

Mechanical Principles B Analogue & Digital Electronics CAD/ CAM Business Improvement Techniques Principles & Applications of Embedded Systems • Work Based Learning This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On completion of this course you may progress to further study on the following programmes at Ulster University; BEng (Hons) Mechatronic Engineering, BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering, BEng (Hons) Electrical & Electronic Engineering.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering will provide you with a broadbased engineering education in aspects of Mechanical, Manufacturing and Electronic Engineering which will equip you for a career in industry or allow you to progress to degree level programmes in Mechatronic, Mechanical / Manufacturing or Electrical / Electronic Engineering. 


COMPUTING & ENGINEERING / 117

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above

UCAS

Minimum 64 UCAS points which includes; • A GCE Advanced level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR • A National Level 3 qualification in Engineering

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

• • • •

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY


118 / PART-TIME AT A GLANCE

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PART-TIME AT A GLANCE / 119

Part-Time Higher Education

At a Glance Subject Area

SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Course

Pearson BTEC HNC in Applied Biology

This table gives you an idea of the wide range of courses available for study at SERC on a Part-Time basis. It will enable you to check the specific entry requirements at level 2 (GCSE or Essential Skills) as well as the UCAS points required

No of Years Study 2

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable) Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths)

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Sport Exercise & Fitness

3

GCSE English Language Grade C or above GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable) Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English and Maths

and their National Diploma, Access or A Level specific requirements. Further information on each course occurs later in the prospectus and will also be available on the SERC Website .

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Maths, Physics, Chemistry or Biology) OR • Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units OR • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60% A minimum of 72 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject OR Level 3 Diploma in • BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma/Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences. OR • BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma/ Diploma/Subsidiary Diploma in Sport. For Republic of Ireland candidates, a total in excess of 300 points will be required at leaving certificate

Return to contents page


120 / PART-TIME AT A GLANCE

No of Years Study

Subject Area

Course

SCHOOL OF HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES AND A’ LEVELS

C&G Level 4 Diploma in Hospitality Management

2

ATI Level 4 Certificate for Accounting Technicians

1

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

• Level 3 Qualification in Hospitality or Catering e.g. NVQ3 Professional Cookery Or • Significant Industry experience e.g. Deputy/Department Head within the Industry GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject OR • Level 3 Diploma

GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable) Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths. ATI Level 5 Diploma for Accounting Technicians

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable) Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths.

CMI L5 Diploma in Leadership and Management

While there are no formal entry requirements for this programme, candidates are required to demonstrate that they have been in a leadership and management position for at least three years within a public, private or voluntary organisation. The programme is applicable to professional managers from all sectors - the private, public or third sector - and all sizes of organisation.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PART-TIME AT A GLANCE / 121

No of Years Study

Subject Area

Course

GCSE Mandatory Grades

SCHOOL OF HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES AND A’ LEVELS

Level 4 Award in the Internal Quality Assurance of the Assessment Processes & Practice

1

Although there are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, it is expected that candidates have achieved their Assessor qualification to demonstrate an understanding of assessment practices and principles and experience of using different assessment methods.

Liverpool John Moore's University BA Business Studies

4

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable)

Pearson BTEC HND in Travel & Tourism Management (RQF)

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

UCAS Target Requirements

• Applicants should possess a minimum of 96 UCAS points • Alternatively, relevant industrial experience may be taken into consideration.

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. Higher Level Apprenticeship in Accounting

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass or 2 AS Passes or • Level 3 Diploma

GCSE Maths or Accountancy Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable). Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths).

Return to contents page


122 / PART-TIME AT A GLANCE

Subject Area

SCHOOL OF CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Course

No of Years Study

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (Building Services Engineering)

2

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction)

2

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Civil Engineering)

2

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Surveying)

2

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy. GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma


PART-TIME AT A GLANCE / 123

Subject Area

Course

SCHOOL OF CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

C&G Level 4 Certificate in Advanced Automotive Diagnostic Techniques

No of Years Study 2

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. IMIAL Level 5 Diploma in Automotive Management

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. IMI Level 4 Certificate in Advanced Automotive Studies

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. Higher Level Apprenticeship in Automotive Management

2

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Gas

2

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 in a related curriculum area OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

You will be required to hold a Level 3 qualification such as an NVQ in Gas, Plumbing & Heating, Electrical, Refrigeration, Oil or Equivalent Level 3 qualification, for example A Levels to gain entry onto the programme. You will need to be employed for example in a Plumbing, Heating, Gas or Mechanical services company or an organisation managing planned maintenance.

Return to contents page


124 / PART-TIME AT A GLANCE

Subject Area

SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

CACHE Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children's Care, Learning and Development (Management) (Wales and Northern Ireland) (QCF)

2

• Level 3 CCLD or Health qualification • Working at a Deputy or Managerial level in a Regulated Early Years setting or have access to managerial duties at least 1 day per week in the above setting

CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling

2

You must have acquired both • CPCAB's Level 2 Certificate in Counselling Skills (CSK-L2) • CPCAB's Level 3 Certificate in Counselling Studies (CST-L3)

CPCAB Level 5 Diploma in Cognitive Behavioural Therapeutic Skills and Theory (CBT)

1

Candidates must have completed the CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling or their RPL (prior learning) equivalent. They must be a practicing counsellor.

Higher Level Apprenticeships in Leadership for Children’s Care Learning and Development (Management)

2

• Level 3 CCLD or Health qualification. • You should either be in a supervisory role or management level to apply for this course.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PART-TIME AT A GLANCE / 125

Subject Area

SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Course

Queens University Belfast Foundation degree Early Childhood Studies

No of Years Study 3

GCSE Mandatory Grades

4 GCSEs Including GCSE English and Mathematics at Grade C or above. GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable)

Pearson BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate in Health Care Practice (RQF)

2

Pearson BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate in Social and Community Work (RQF)

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or equivalent GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent.

A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills) GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

UCAS Target Requirements

• A minimum of 64 UCAS points at grade CC OR • BTEC National Certificate or Diploma in Early Years or • Appropriate Cache Diploma in Child Care and Education or • NVQ level 3 Qualification CCLD/EYCE or Classroom Assistant or Teaching Assistant • Provide evidence of their ability in appropriate skills and knowledge to undertake the programme. Guidance is available for such candidates from the Further Education College and subject specialists who will determine the applicant’s suitability for the course will assess any evidence submitted. Applicants may be required to attend for interview. A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include: • 2 A levels at A2 or • Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma OR • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include: • 2 A levels at A2 OR • Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma OR • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

Return to contents page


126 / PART-TIME AT A GLANCE

Subject Area

SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Course

No of Years Study

Pearson Edexcel Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Health and Social Care Services (Adults' Management) Wales and Northern Ireland (QCF)

2

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Counselling

2

GCSE Mandatory Grades

• Level 3 Diploma in health and Care or equivalent, or above • Working at a Deputy or Managerial level in a Regulated Early Years setting or have access to managerial duties at least 1 day per week in the above setting GCSE English Language Grade C or above. 2 Other passes at GCSE Level.

Level 4 Certificate in Substance Misuse

UCAS Target Requirements

1

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

• Passes in five subjects, two of which must be at A level (grades A-E) and three at GCSE level* (grades C or above); or • Passes in four subjects, three of which must be at A level (grades A-E) and one at GCSE level* (Grades C or above); or • Qualification at an equivalent level such as a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma or Access to Higher Education qualification or equivalent • Provide evidence, for a process of formal accreditation by the University, of learning gained through work or other experience. Working in the area of substance misuse for example as teacher, police officer etc.


PART-TIME AT A GLANCE / 127

Subject Area

SCHOOL OF COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Course

Pearson BTEC HNC in Computing (RQF)

No of Years Study 2

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR equivalent. GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent.

Pearson BTEC HND in Computing and Systems Development Top Up (QCF)

2

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Computing

3

A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above.

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Merit or above in Level 3 Maths for IT Practitioners unit. 3

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT) • Completion of HNC Computing programme on the QCF framework.

GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent.

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Computing

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent.

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT) Candidate must be employed in a suitable IT / Computing company either as a new employee or as an existing employee in a new job role. A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Merit or above in Level 3 Maths for IT Practitioners unit.

Return to contents page


128 / PART-TIME AT A GLANCE

Subject Area

Course

SCHOOL OF COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Computing Programming Python (Single unit accreditation)

No of Weeks Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

17 Weeks

A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent Pearson BTEC HNC Computing -Programming C# (Single unit accreditation)

17 Weeks

A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent Pearson BTEC HNC Computing Programming Java (Single unit accreditation)

17 Weeks

A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent Pearson BTEC HNC Computing - Networking (Single unit accreditation)

17 Weeks

A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)


PART-TIME AT A GLANCE / 129

Subject Area

Course

SCHOOL OF COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Computing - Security (Single unit accreditation)

No of Week/ Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

17 Weeks

A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering (General) (RQF)

2 Years

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy. GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

Pearson BTEC HND Engineering Top Up (General) (QCF)

2 Years

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechanical/ Manufacturing Engineering

3 Years

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A BTEC Level 3 qualification in Engineering OR • A GCE Advanced level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a relevant subject or an adequate performance in more than one GCE subject OR • Other related Level 3 qualifications An HNC in Engineering (QCF).

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

A minimum of 48 UCAS which can include: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 vocational qualification in Engineering

Return to contents page


130 / PART-TIME AT A GLANCE

Subject Area

Course

SCHOOL OF COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Advanced Manufacturing

No of Years Study 3

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering

3

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Mechatronics

3

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

UCAS Target Requirements

A minimum of 48 UCAS which can include: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 vocational qualification in Engineering A minimum of 48 UCAS which can include: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 vocational qualification in Engineering A minimum of 48 UCAS which can include: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 vocational qualification in Engineering


PART-TIME AT A GLANCE / 131

Subject Area

SCHOOL OF PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Course

Pearson BTEC HND in Hair and Beauty Management (QCF)

No of Years Study 2

GCSE Mandatory Grades

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

UCAS Target Requirements

Candidate must possess a Level 2 and 3 qualification in Beauty/Spa Therapy

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy GCSE in a Science subject Grace C or above or equivalent VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments

1

Successful completion of NVQ Level 3 Beauty and a good underpinning knowledge of Anatomy and Physiology.

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation (QCF)

1

Successful completion of NVQ Level 3 Beauty and a good underpinning knowledge of Anatomy and Physiology.

Pearson BTEC HNC in Creative Media Production (RQF)

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

A minimum of 48 UCAS points at A level which may include • A Level Moving Image Arts/Media related subject at Grade C or above OR • BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Creative Media Production with a MP profile.

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy

1

• VTCT Level 3 certificate or Diploma in sports massage therapy or equivalent qualification and • • VTCT Level 3 Anatomy & Physiology with nutrition for sports therapies or equivalent qualifications

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Reflexology for the Complementary Therapist

1

There is a prerequisite of level 3 Diploma qualification in Reflexology, Aromatherapy or Massage, which must include Anatomy and Physiology.

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Aromatherapy for the Complementary Therapist

1

There is a prerequisite of level 3 Diploma qualification in Reflexology, Aromatherapy or Massage, which must include Anatomy and Physiology.

Return to contents page


132 / PART-TIME

Part-Time Higher Education

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PART-TIME / 133

134

School of Applied Science, Sport and Access to University

140

School of Hospitality, Management, Tourism and Languages

158

School of Construction and Engineering Services

178

School of Health and Early Years

200

School of Computing and Engineering

232

School of Performing and Creative Arts

Return to contents page


134 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT, ACCESS

Bio Scientist £25,000 - £42,000 A Bio Scientist will require a high-level of accuracy and great attention to detail along with excellent communication skills. Usually set in a laboratory setting, you will generally work from 9am to 5pm in a range of sectors that may include agricultural, pharmaceutical or medical industries.

Nurse £22,000 - £48,000 As a nurse you are responsible for caring for the wounded and injured patients usually in an NHS hospital, a clinic or outpatients’ environment. Responsibilities range from giving medicinal treatment, using medical equipment and taking temperatures and blood pressure readings.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT, ACCESS / 135

School of Applied Science, Sport and Access to Education

Example Careers

Sports Coach

Biomedical Scientist

Solicitor Sport Psychologist Nurse Scientist Environmental Health Officer Forensic Scientist Pharmacist

Return to contents page


136 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT, ACCESS

Pearson BTEC HNC in Applied Biology 72193 Lisburn PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): Wed TIME: 9.00 - 18.00 START: September 2018 FINISH: June 2019 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £186 COMPOSITE FEES: £886 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW The HNC in Applied Biology prepares you for employment in the science industry and the opportunity to gain entry to relevant Degree programmes. The learning experience is a combination of laboratory based training, field work, theoretical knowledge and e-learning. The programme incorporates a number of talks by experts from the industry and includes visits to industries, university laboratories, hospital laboratories and conservation areas.

COURSE STRUCTURE The HNC is made up of 8 units in total over two years.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Cell Biology • Biochemistry of Macromolecules and Metabolic Pathways • Laboratory Techniques for Applied Biology • Analysis of Scientific Data and Information • Physiology of Cellular Systems in Animals

OPTIONAL MODULES: Students will complete the following three optional modules: • Environmental monitoring and analysis • Ecological Principles and their application • Chemistry for Applied Biologists All lecturers delivering on this course are appropriately qualified and meet the requirements of the awarding body.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7.5 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 12 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include time: constrained assignments; coursework; Project Based Learning; presentations; practical’s; posters; leaflets; role-play; case studies and is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the HNC in Applied Biology prepares you for employment in the science in-dustry and may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further year leading to the Level 5 HND in Applied Biology. Successful completion of the HNC may also enable you to progress to further study on the first year of a Degree course, for example BSc(Hons) Microbiology and Biological Science and Applied Biochemical Science.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT, ACCESS / 137

With further study it may also lead to; BSc(Hons) Physiotherapy; BSc(Hons) Optometry and BSc(Hons) Radiography at Ulster University; BSc(Hons) Applied Biological Sciences and Marine Biology at Ulster University and; BSc(Hons) Environmental Science Degrees.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HNC in Applied Biology provides a Nationally Recognised Qualification offering career progression and professional development for those already in employment and provides opportunities to pro-gress to Higher Education. Along with the vocational skills you will also develop employability skills through assessment activities such as teamwork, innovation and problem solving.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Mathematics (must be GCSE Mathematics).

UCAS

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Chemistry or Biology) or Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry or Biology) or Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS As part of the course you will be expected to participate in field trips including the Lough Neagh Dis-covery Centre. The total costs will not exceed £50.00 over the two years of the programme.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Return to contents page


138 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT, ACCESS

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Sport Exercise & Fitness (Sport Studies) 70264 Lisburn PART TIME / THREE YEARS DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 09.00 - 18.00 START: 11/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £164 COMPOSITE FEES: £864 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes

YEAR THREE

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

Mandatory modules include: • Work Based Learning Optional modules will be a choice of: • PE Theory and Practice • Fitness Assessment and Instruction • Sports Coaching • Strength and Conditioning

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, project based learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case-studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

This course may grant you privileges as an Associate student of the Ulster University and you may have access to a number of University services and facilities, including membership to the Ulster University sports centre, opportunity to represent UU in some sporting teams and access to physical and online library materials.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 9 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

COURSE OVERVIEW

PERSONAL STUDY

The Foundation Degree in Sport Exercise and Fitness aims to ensure that the evolving needs of the sporting sector are met, including professional and volunteer coaches, managers, leaders, trainers, instructors and teachers.

PLACEMENT

YEAR ONE Modules studied include: • Effective Learner and Understanding Research • Sport and Exercise Psychology • Sports Tactics and Skills • Exercise, Health and Lifestyle • Introductory Coaching / Officiating Award

A further 9 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

The Foundation Degree programme also provides students with an opportunity to undertake an in-depth structured work placement within the Sport, Exercise and Fitness industry during the final year of the programme. The programme is tutored by experienced staff members with expertise within the related fields of delivery. This part-time programme follows a Sport Studies pathway.

YEAR TWO Mandatory modules include: • Sport and Society • Principles of Teaching and Coaching • Nutrition for Sport and Exercise • Coordinating Sporting Activities * Exit Point Certificate in Higher Education – Total 120 Credit Points at Level 4

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This qualification will enable you to continue towards a BSc/BA Degree or apply for jobs in the Sport, Exercise and Fitness Industry. On successful completion of the course, some students may wish to obtain enhanced Degree entry. For students who successfully complete Year 1 and do not wish to progress to Year 2 study, a Certificate in Higher Education may be awarded. Ulster University: There are a maximum of 10 places available to SERC students who achieve an average of 65% or more in Year 2 modules for entry into second year of BSc (Hons) Sport Science or BSc (Hons) Sport Studies at UU. Entry into the third year of the BSc (Hons) Sports Coaching is available to SERC students who achieve an average of 50% or more in Year 2 modules.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferable skills on the course which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the Sport, Exercise and Fitness Industry. A range of Governing Body coaching awards will be offered to each student during the programme in addition to an extended period of work placement. The experiences gained through completion of these areas further develops essential transferable skills.


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT, ACCESS / 139

ADDITIONAL COSTS Contribution from students will be required towards a range of excursions throughout the academic year, many of which are part subsidised by the college. The cost will not exceed £50 for each one. Students will be expected to purchase Course Sports Kit at an estimated cost of £60. In addition students will be required to pay for their own Access NI check, the current fee being £33.00. Optional Employability Courses may include: • Level 3 Active IQ Personal Training - £550 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Studio Cycling - £108 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Circuit Session - £128 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Kettlebells - £128 • First Aid at work - £60

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GENERAL ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English and Maths or equivalent.

TARGET GRADES AND SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS UCAS

A minimum of 72 UCAS points including: At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject or Level 3 Diploma in • BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma/Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences. • BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma/Diploma/Subsidiary Diploma in Sport. • For Republic of Ireland candidates a total in excess of 300 points will be required at leaving certificate

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60%

ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Applicants must satisfy the University’s general entry requirements and specific requirements. For the purpose of fulfilling the General Entrance Requirements and in terms of attracting UCAS Tariff Points, two Advanced Subsidiary (AS) level subjects are regarded as the equivalent of one GCE A level, provided that the applicant's profile also contains one GCE A level.

Return to contents page


140 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

Human Resource Officer £15,000 - £50,000

You will be responsible for dealing with staff at all levels within this diverse role which will include core duties such as assisting in the recruitment of new employees, recording employee information, promoting equality and developing HR policies and procedures. Progression within this role could lead to a position in senior management within an organisation.

Marketing Executive £18,000 - £35,000

Creativity and strong communication skills are key within this exciting role in which you may be undertaking duties such as research on customer and market trends, copywriting and managing social media campaigns to name but a few. You will usually be part of a team and need proficient organisational skills, coupled with a solid standard of I.T ability.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 141

School of Hospitality, Management, Tourism and Languages Example Careers

Retail Manager

Business Manager

HR Officer Accountant Head Chef Events Manager Restaurant Manager Marketing Executive Travel Agent Aviation Operations

Return to contents page


142 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

C&G Level 4 Diploma in Hospitality Management 78490 Bangor / Lisburn / Downpatrick PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): Wed TIME: 13.00 - 21.00 START: 12/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £155 COMPOSITE FEES: £605 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW This qualification is for candidates who work or want to work as a kitchen manager or head chef in the hospitality and catering sector.

YEAR ONE • Manage purchasing costs in hospitality. • Manage staffing rotas for a hospitality team. • Manage a team meeting. • Develop and create innovative dishes and recipes. • Manage a team to prepare, cook and present.

YEAR TWO • Food current hospitality industry and food trends. • Manage the performance of teams and individuals. • Work as part of a hospitality management team to achieve strategic goals. • Manage compliance with regulatory and legislative requirements in hospitality. • Manage own professional development within an organisation.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 143

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS

Level 3 Qualification in Hospitality or Catering e.g. NVQ3 Professional Cookery. Or Significant Industry experience e.g. Deputy/Department Head within the Industry.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? It allows candidates to progress into hospitality and catering management roles or to a Level 5 qualification.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Level 4 Diploma in Hospitality Management aims to prepare candidates to develop and practice the skills required for employment in culinary management.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Set of chefs whites and safety shoes costs in the region of £60.00.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by City & Guilds (C & G).

Return to contents page


144 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

ATI Level 4 Certificate for Accounting Technicians 72349 Lisburn

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 6-8 hours of study per week, on average, in your own time including use of online materials, case studies and preparation for examinations.

PART TIME / ONE YEAR ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK DAY(S): Tues and Thurs START: Sept 18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £500 REGISTRATION FEE: Paid directly to ATI. COMPOSITE FEES: £500 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW ATI (Accounting Technicians Ireland) Level 4 Certificate is a one year qualification which upon successful completion can lead to ATI Level 5 Diploma course. Students will be required to successfully complete all modules in year 1 to obtain the Level 4 Certificate. ATI provides an accounting qualification that is recognised by industry and is one of the leading accounting qualifications in Ireland. It is important to note this qualification must be started and completed in Ireland. All lecturers delivering on this course are appropriately qualified and meet the requirements of the awarding body.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Financial Accounting • Taxation • Law & Ethics • Business Management

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. Students will be required to sit an examination in each subject and to obtain 50% or higher to pass. Examination sessions are help in May and August. Progression to L5 Diploma is dependent on students passing at least 3 examinations which must include taxation, financial accounting plus 1 other.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Careers opportunities span a vast array of industries and job roles to suit all interests. There is also a strong demand for accountancy skills in the workplace. As an accounting technician, you can apply to work for many types of organisations in-cluding: Private accountancy firms, Manufacturing companies, Service companies, Banks and insurance companies, National government departments, Local government.


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 145

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of the Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification can give you a distinct advantage in the market place as many employers view it as essential, when they are hiring. The course has enabled completing students to take up key roles in accounting practices and in industry. A percentage of ATI graduates decide to continue studying and will use the Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification as a stepping stone into other professional accounting and taxation bodies. Many graduates pursue further accounting studies with organisations such as Chartered Accountants Ireland, or the other professional bodies including the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Institute of Certified Public Accountants (CPA), or the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). All these bodies offer Ac-counting Technicians Ireland graduates significant exemptions for taking their exams.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GENERAL ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths)

TARGET GRADES AND SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject or Level 3 Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60%.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Registration fees paid directly to ATI, which includes ATI registration fee, module text books and exams fees. Fees are currently £620 but this may increase slightly. Full details will be known once ATI confirm the fees for 18/19.

ACCREDITATION Accounting Technicians Ireland (ATI).

Return to contents page


146 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Accounting 78110

PERSONAL STUDY

Lisburn

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

PART TIME / 2 YEARS DAY(S): Tues TIME: 09.00 - 18.00 START: 11/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 COURSE OVERVIEW This is a work-based programme which enables you to earn while you learn and gain a nationally recognised professional qualification. The apprentice will be employed in an accountancy practice for two years and mentoring will be provided throughout the employment period. The Higher Level Apprenticeship in Accountancy provides an alternative entrance route to starting a career in the accountancy and finance profession. All lecturers delivering on this course are appropriately qualified and meet the requirements of the awarding body.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • • • • • • • •

Financial Accounting Taxation Business Management Law and Ethics Advanced Financial Accounting Advanced Taxation Management Accounting Integrated Accounting Systems

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A further 8 hours of study per week, on average, in your own time including use of online materials, case studies and preparation for examinations.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

Students will be required to sit an examination in each subject and to obtain 50% or higher to pass. Examination sessions are held in May and August. Assessment will be through Accounting Technicians Ireland (ATI) external examinations.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Careers opportunities span a vast array of industries and job roles to suit all interests. There is also a strong demand for accountancy skills in the workplace. As an accounting technician, you can apply to work for many types of organisations including: Private accountancy firms, Manufacturing companies, Service companies, Banks and insurance companies, National government departments, Local government.


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 147

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of the Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification can give you a distinct advantage in the market place as many employers view it as essential, when they are hiring. The course has enabled completing students to take up key roles in accounting practices and in industry. A percentage of ATI graduates decide to continue studying and will use the Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification as a stepping stone into other professional accounting and taxation bodies. Many graduates pursue further accounting studies with organisations such as Chartered Accountants Ireland, or the other professional bodies including the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Institute of Certified Public Accountants (CPA), or the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). All these bodies offer Accounting Technicians Ireland graduates significant exemptions for taking their exams.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS It is at the employers’ discretion to enhance the entry criteria for selection. Based on advice from the Sector Partnership in Accountancy the enhanced criteria is English Language (minimum GCSE Grade B) and Mathematics (minimum GCSE Grade B). Applicants should also have obtained a minimum of 96 UCAS points achieved through the completion of A Levels in any subject or equivalent qualification.

ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Maths or Accountancy Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable).

OTHER GCSE

Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths).

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass or 2 AS OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60%.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by Accounting Technicians Ireland (ATI).

Return to contents page


148 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

ATI Level 5 Diploma for Accounting Technicians 70424 Lisburn PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Tues and Thurs START: 10/09/18 TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £500 REGISTRATION FEE: Paid directly to ATI. COMPOSITE FEES: £500 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW The Level 5 Diploma is the 2nd year of the ATI (Accounting Technicians Ireland) qualification. ATI is a professional body in its own right controlled by Chartered Accountants Ireland (CAI). It is important to note this qualification must be started and completed in Ireland.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Advanced Financial Accounting • Advanced Taxation • Integrated Accounting Systems (IAS) Management Accounting

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 6-8 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 149

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. ATI Level 5 Diploma for Accounting Technicians consists of a set of 4 examinations which are all externally assessed by ATI.

For example, many graduates pursue further accounting studies with organisations such as Chartered Accountants Ireland (CAI), or the other professional bodies like the Associa-tion of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Institute of Certified Public Account-ants (CPA), or the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). All these bod-ies offer Accounting Technicians Ireland graduates significant exemptions for taking their exams.

As an Accounting Technician you will be qualified to work in many types of accountancy positions and general management positions. Further study can lead to the Chartered Accountancy route.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by Accounting Technicians Ireland (ATI).

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable).

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths).

UCAS

In order to gain entry to this course, students need to have successfully completed the Level 4 Certificate in Accounting Technician accredited by ATI (Accounting Technicians Ireland).

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60%.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accredi-tation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification has a distinct advantage in the market place as many employers view it as essential, when they are hiring. The course has ena-bled completing students to apply for key roles in accounting practices and in industry.

Registration fees paid directly to ATI, which includes ATI registration fee, module text books and exams fees. Fees are currently £590 but this may increase slightly. Full details will be known once ATI confirm the fees for 18/19.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Organisations of all sizes from large multinationals to local firms depend on people skilled in accounting, finance and management. Careers opportunities span a vast array of industries and job roles to suit all interests. There is a strong demand for accountancy skills in the workplace.

ADDITIONAL COSTS

Return to contents page


150 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

CMI Level 5 Diploma in Leadership and Management 78471

• T o have an organisational mentor aligned to support them throughout their learning journey. • To complete a work based project which will drive measurable outcomes for their organisations.

Lisburn

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK

PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Wed START: 21/02/18 FINISH: 19/12/18 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £183 COMPOSITE FEES: £633 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW The programme will enhance candidate’s knowledge and application of leadership and management, along with a work based project. Participating on the programme will help candidates develop skills such as strategic planning, creating and delivering operational plans, managing projects, leading and managing teams, managing change, and development of leadership skills.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Personal development as a leader and a manager. • Leadership Practice • Project Development and Control • Organisational financial management • Meeting stakeholder need • Conducting a management project The programme will be delivered over one full day every 4 weeks approximately commencing 24 Jan 18 and concluding Dec 18. Candidates on the programme will be required to complete the following:

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials every 4 weeks. In addition to class time, candidates will be allocated an academic mentor to assist them on their learning journey.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 4 hours per week maximum studying and preparing assessments.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The CMI Level 5 Diploma in Management and Leadership is designed for middle managers and those aspiring to senior management who want to develop their key skills. A Diploma in Management and Leadership is the benchmark qualification for full CMI membership, taking you another step towards Chartered Manager status. The CMI L5 Diploma aims to develop personal management capabilities, make effective use of information in decision-making, operations and the development of the skills in managing people. The CMI Level 5 Diploma will enable candidates to become Members of the CMI with the post nominal MCMI.


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 151

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The CMI Level 5 Diploma is specifically designed to facilitate the development of managers and leaders who are currently operating in middle level management roles, providing an opportunity for upskilling and reskilling as necessary. The programme will build and develop individual’s knowledge, skills and behaviours in a leadership and management role.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS While there are no formal entry requirements for this programme, candidates are required to demonstrate that they have been in a leadership and management positon for at least three years within a public, private or voluntary organisation. The programme is applicable to professional managers from all sectors - the private, public or third sector - and all sizes of organisation.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Candidates may wish to purchase books, however online learning is also available through the digital library.

ACCREDITATION The programme is accredited through the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) at Level 5 Diploma.

Return to contents page


152 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

Level 4 Award in the Internal Quality Assurance of the Assessment Processes & Practice 70902 Bangor PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Fri TIME: 14.00 - 16.00 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 18/06/18 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £608 COMPOSITE FEES: £1058 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW This qualification is intended for those who maintain the quality of assessment from within an organisation or assessment centre.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Unit 1: Understanding the principles and practices of internally assuring the quality of assessment. Unit 2: Internally assure the quality of assessment.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. 3 hours (this will be your class time) .

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3-5 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 153

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Candidates who have completed the Level 4 Award in the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice may progress to further learning by undertaking the Level 4 Certificate in Leading the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice suite of qualifications provides candidates with high quality, nationally recognised qualifications. They are vocationally-related, credit-based qualifications that provide valuable opportunities for individuals to develop skills, gain underpinning knowledge and understanding and demonstrate competence in the workplace or provide progression to the Level 4 Certificate in Leading the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Candidates may be required to travel in order to meet with their assessors and as such travel costs may be incurred.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Although there are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, it is expected that candidates have achieved their Assessor qualification to demonstrate an understanding of assessment practices and principles and experience of using different assessment methods.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ACCREDITATION The awarding organisation are City & Guilds.

Return to contents page


154 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

Liverpool John Moore's University BA Business Studies 70010 Lisburn PART TIME / FOUR YEARS DAY(S): Mon and Wed TIME: 09.00 - 18.00 START: 17/09/18 FINISH: Apr 19 DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 17.30 - 21.30 START: 17/09/18 FINISH: 18/09/18 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £720 REGISTRATION FEE: £564 COMPOSITE FEES: £1,284 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW The BA Hons Business Studies Degree programme is designed to equip students with the necessary skills to enter into the general Business Environment on completion of the programme of study.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Modules of the programme are listed below, all modules are mandatory there are no optional modules in this programme. Level 4 • Contemporary Business Issues • Business Process Management • Digital Business • Academic and Business Skills • Marketing for Business • Organisational Behaviour • Finance & Accounting Skills

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Level 5 • Employability Skills • Economic & Regulation • Managing Business Projects • Law for Business Studies • International Institutions, Trade & Markets • Research Methods • Service Quality Management* Level 6 • Corporate Social Responsibility • Business Studies Project or Strategic Decision Making & Business Consultancy • Strategic Management • Strategic Branding* • International Business Cultures* NB * indicates modules that may be subject to change; SERC reserve the right to change the modules delivered. In the final year of the degree students will be required to complete a dissertation or an extended project report on a Business area of their choice.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 18 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 12 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this programme you will enhance your professional development and as a Business Studies


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 155

graduate you will be able to offer a current or potential employer a range of business skills that will be beneficial to their organisation. This is particularly pertinent to the following areas of business: Marketing, Finance, Management, Supply Chain Management and Logistics, Corporate Social Responsibility, Quality Management, E-business, Project Management Possible further study may include postgraduate qualifications such as Masters Degrees, and professional qualifications from bodies such as Chartered Institute of Marketing, Institute of Personnel Development, Accounting Technicians Ireland, Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply, Association of Project Management.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the Business Environment. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants must satisfy the University’s general entry requirements and specific requirements.

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable).

UCAS

Applicants should possess a minimum of 96 UCAS points Alternatively, relevant industrial experience may be taken into consideration.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students may have the opportunity to participate in an International Study Tour, which will be self-funded by the student. The cost of this study tour will vary from year to year depending upon location however, it is approximated in the region of £300-400. Students may also be required to participate in industrial visits, the costs of these visits throughout the year are estimated at a cost to the student of approx. £100 in total.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Liverpool John Moore University.

Return to contents page


156 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES

Pearson BTEC HND in Travel & Tourism Management (RQF) 71223 Lisburn PART TIME / 2.5 YEARS DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 09.30 - 17.00 START: 11/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £210 COMPOSITE FEES: £700 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW This course aims to provide the Travel and Tourism student with a comprehensive and flexible framework for education and training in line with professional accreditation requirements, which would facilitate safe practice within both the Travel, Tourism sector. At all levels students will be able to gain knowledge of key aspects of the Travel and Tourism industry.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Year 1 • The Contemporary Travel and Tourism Industry • Managing the Customer Experience • Professional Identity and Practice • The Travel and Tourism BusinessToolkit • Leadership and Management for Service Industries (Pearson-set) • Global Tourism Destinations • Visitor Attraction Management • Marketing Essentials for Travel and Tourism Summer Module • Work Based Experience

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Year 2 • Research Project (Pearson-set) • Tourism Consumer Behaviour and Insight • Destination Marketing • Sustainable and Responsible Management • Special Interest Tourism • Organisational Behaviour • Strategic Human Resource Management

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 14 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY 15 – 20 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, presentations, project based learning, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies and a structured supervised placement and hospitality element. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The HND in Travel and Tourism qualifies students to work within the industry. This course provides students with extensive opportunities for further study at a higher level top up degree. Entry can range from year 2 to final year entry depending on grades achieved and individual university entrance criteria set per year.


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM, LANGUAGES / 157

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of the HND in Travel and Tourism equips students to work within the industry. The 2 ½ years of part time study provides students with flexibility of choice and opportunity to enhance current skills, knowledge and employability in their existing professional roles or in a relevant sector e.g. Marketing and Sales Manager, Operations Manager, Tourism Development Manager, Visitor Attractions Manager, Events Manager.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

UCAS

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Estimated cost for field trips, college educational programmes and uniforms (College Hoodie) £300 .

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

Return to contents page


158 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

Site Manager £27,000 - £70,000

Leadership, problem solving and decision making are at the core of the responsibilities within this role. You will likely be working for building companies and sub-contractors managing various construction projects, sometimes simultaneous projects.

Civil Engineer £14,000 - £45,000

Engineering and construction projects may vary between structural, transportation, environmental or maritime for example. You will require skills in Computer Aided Design, surveying sites, preparing costs and timeframes to ensure an effective output as a team.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 159

School of Construction and Engineering Services

Example Careers

Civil Engineer

Architect

Quantity Surveyor Site Manager

Return to contents page


160 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (Building Services Engineering) 70384 Bangor / Lisburn PART TIME / TWO YEARS CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): Tues and Thurs START: Sept 18 FINISH: Jun 19 CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): Tues and Thurs START: Sept 18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £186 COMPOSITE FEES: £886 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, successful completion of which allows students to progress to Level 5.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Core Units • Individual Project, • Construction Technology, • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management. Specialist Units • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) Optional units • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out • Site Supervision & Operations

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 12 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a CAD Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 161

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits – estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

ACCREDITATION Pearson

Return to contents page


162 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction) 70386 Bangor / Lisburn / Downpatrick PART TIME / TWO YEARS CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19

Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, successful completion of which allows students to progress to Level 5.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Core Units • Individual Project, • Construction Technology, • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management. Specialist Units • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) Optional units • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out • Site Supervision & Operations

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

CAMPUS: Downpatrick DAY(S): Wed and Thurs TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19

PERSONAL STUDY

ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £186 COMPOSITE FEES: £886 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A further 12 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 163

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

ACCREDITATION Pearson

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

CoCommon European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Return to contents page


164 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Civil Engineering) 78508 Bangor / Lisburn / Downpatrick PART TIME / TWO YEARS CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): Tues TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH:07/06/19 CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): Tues TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 CAMPUS: Downpatrick DAY(S): Tues TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £180 COMPOSITE FEES: £880 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, successful completion of which allows students to progress to Level 5.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Core Units • Individual Project, • Construction Technology, • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management. Specialist Units • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) Optional units • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out • Site Supervision & Operations

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 12 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 165

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and will give you the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

ACCREDITATION Pearson.

Return to contents page


166 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Surveying) 78509 Bangor / Lisburn / Downpatrick PART TIME / TWO YEARS CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): Tues TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): Tues TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 CAMPUS: Downpatrick DAY(S): Tues TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £180 COMPOSITE FEES: £880 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, successful completion of which allows students to progress to Level 5.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Core Units • Individual Project, • Construction Technology, • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management. Specialist Units • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) Optional units • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out • Site Supervision & Operations

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 12 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 167

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma

ACCREDITATION

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+.

Pearson.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

Return to contents page


168 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

C&G Level 4 Certificate in Advanced Automotive Diagnostic Techniques 70337 Newtownards PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): Wed TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 12/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £250 REGISTRATION FEE: £116 COMPOSITE FEES: £366 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This Level 4 qualification is aimed at people who are looking to develop their knowledge and skills of diagnosing and rectifying vehicle system faults and to develop their capacity to meet customer needs in relation to their vehicle and their rights and responsibilities. It also develops the ability to coach, support and supervise colleagues.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Advanced Vehicle Technology and Diagnostic Techniques. • Advanced Vehicle Electrical/Electronic Technology. • Maintaining Diagnostic Equipment and Technical Information Systems. • Coaching, Support and Supervisory Techniques. • Communication Techniques for Customer Care. • Automotive Safety and Legal requirement.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 169

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3.5 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion can lead to further study for qualifications such as the IMIAL Level 5 Diploma in Automotive Management and gaining membership of professional organisations such as: The Institute of the Motor Industry (IMI) or The Institute of Road Transport Engineers (IRTE).

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ .

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ACCREDITATION

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

City and Guilds.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion will enable you to apply for jobs such as a Light/Heavy Vehicle Master Technician, or simply improve your skills if you run your own business.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

Return to contents page


170 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

IMIAL Level 5 Diploma in Automotive Management 71913 Lisburn PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): Wed TIME: 17.30 - 21.30 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £116 COMPOSITE FEES: £566 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW The purpose and aim of this IMI Awards’ Automotive Management qualification (Vocationally Related Qualification) is to offer individuals working in the automotive industry the opportunity to develop, enhance and demonstrate their knowledge of management.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Leadership in the retail automotive industry. • Business planning in the retail automotive industry. • Customer service and quality in automotive retail operations. • Business finance in the retail automotive industry. • Managing automotive business compliance. • Recruitment, selection and reward in automotive operations. • Information computer technology for automotive operations. • Managing automotive service and workshop organisation.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 171

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 4 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 4 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This programme has been designed to cater for technicians who intend to be involved in the supervision and management of a motor vehicle garage, fleet transport or plant workshop.

ACCREDITATION IMI Awards.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

Successful completion can lead to a Degree in Business Management.

UCAS

It is also suitable if you are currently employed as a workshop foreman, service manager or fleet engineer/manager.

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 in a related curriculum area OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ .

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

As well as gaining a recognised qualification, you will have the opportunity to develop your skills in relation to giving presentations, report writing and carrying out research.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Levele 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

ADDITIONAL COSTS

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

Return to contents page


172 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

IMI Level 4 Certificate in Advanced Automotive Studies 78494 Downpatrick PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Wed / Thurs TIME: 18.00 - 21.00 START: 14/09/18 FINISH: 07/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This Level 4 vocational qualification which provides individuals with advanced levels of specialist technical knowledge, understanding and practical skills required to work as an advanced technician / engineer in the following automotive maintenance and repair sectors: Light Vehicle, Heavy Vehicle, alongside the development of wider transferable skills for use across the whole retail motor industry.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Advanced Internal Combustion Technology • Advanced Light Vehicle Driveline and Chassis Technology • Advanced Vehicle Body Electrics • Knowledge of providing technical support and advice • Knowledge in Conducting Diagnostic Consultations

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 173

PERSONAL STUDY A further 4 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This qualification is for learners who have a keen interest in advanced automotive maintenance and are looking to progress into employment within this industry. It will provide them with the opportuni-ty to develop their knowledge at the level suiting their ability at entry.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? On successful completion of this qualification, candidates will have attained a Level 4 Certificate in Automotive Advanced Diagnostic studies. This will enable you to apply for jobs as a Light/Heavy Vehicle Master Technician, or simply improve your skills if you run your own business.

ADDITIONAL COSTS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6,0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION IMI Awards.

Return to contents page


174 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Automotive Management 78115 PART TIME / TWO YEARS COURSE OVERVIEW The purpose and aim of this IMI Awards’ Automotive Management qualification (Vocationally Related Qualification) is to offer individuals working in the automotive industry the opportunity to develop, enhance and demonstrate their knowledge of management.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Leadership in the retail automotive industry. • Business planning in the retail automotive industry. • Customer service and quality in automotive retail operations. • Business finance in the retail automotive industry. • Managing automotive business compliance. • Recruitment, selection and reward in automotive operations. • Information computer technology for automotive operations. • Managing automotive service and workshop organisation.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 4 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 175

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This programme has been designed to cater for technicians who intend to be involved in the supervision and management of a motor vehicle garage, fleet transport or plant workshop.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? As well as gaining a recognised qualification, you will have the opportunity to develop your skills in relation to giving presentations, report writing and carrying out research.vvvv

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by the Institute of the Motor Industry (IMI).

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates should be working in a middle manager’s role, however entry will be assessed on an individual basis.

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 in a related curriculum area OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

Return to contents page


176 / CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Gas 78114 PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): Fri TIME: 09.00 - 17.00 START: 14/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 COURSE OVERVIEW South Eastern Regional College (SERC) have developed a bespoke Higher-Level Apprenticeship programme in Gas Safety Management in the two distinct areas of the gas industry: • Social Housing • Non-Domestic With industry support from the Northern Ireland Master Plumbers Association and SNIPEF (Scottish and Northern Ireland Plumbing Employers Federation).

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Gas Safety Management responsibilities of Landlords or facilities managers. • Combustion and Carbon Monoxide. • Gas Safety Legislation. • Flueing and ventilation of domestic and non-domestic gas appliances. • Domestic and non-domestic gas appliances, meters and pipework.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 13.5 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 15-20 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION, ENGINEERING / 177

All staff teaching on the programme hold vocationally relevant qualifications, as well as significant industry experience.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is aimed at developing future managers of the Gas industry. Previous and current students are drawn from: • Gas Contracts Managers • Gas Contractor Supervisors • NIHE Inspectors • Education Board Gas contract Inspectors • Gas Appliance manufacturers engineers • Gas contractors/engineers • Gas industry operatives

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course will provide you with higher level knowledge of gas systems and gas safety which can lead straight into employment. Students will learn how the intricate nature of gas appliances; flues and their ventilation must legally be properly maintained through gas contracts. You will learn how to manage gas safety in social housing and the nondomestic industry, understand legislative requirement affecting the management of gas in both environments and the installation of gas appliances, meters and pipework.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION LOGIC Certification QCF Level 4 Certificate In Gas Safety Management of Plant and Appliances in Non-Domestic Premises (equivalent level to a HNC).

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates should be working in a middle manager’s role, however entry will be assessed on an individual basis.

GENERAL

You will be required to hold a Level 3 qualification such as an NVQ in Gas, Plumbing & Heating, Electrical, Refrigeration, Oil or Equivalent Level 3 qualification, for example A Levels to gain entry onto the programme. You will need to be employed for example in a Plumbing, Heating, Gas or Mechanical services company or an organisation managing planned maintenance.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.


178 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

Social Worker £24,000 -£40,000

You will be required to obtain a Degree in social work approved by the Health and Care Professions Council. Excellent interpersonal skills are a must as well as the ability to stay calm in stressful situations. You will make key decisions and you will have some administrative work as you work with children, families and vulnerable people.

Teacher £22,900 - £67,900

Qualified Teaching Status along with a Bachelor of Education Degree as a primary route. If you already have a Degree, a PGCE would be the most advisable way of becoming a teacher. You will need solid presentation skills, the ability to communicate effectively and be able to plan and prepare lessons. You could work at primary, secondary or further education level.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 179

School of Health and Early Years

Example Careers

Social Worker

Mental Health Nurse Teacher Paramedic Outreach Worker Nurse Children's Nurse Occupational Health Nurse

Return to contents page


180 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

CACHE Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children's Care, Learning and Development (Management) (Wales and Northern Ireland) (QCF) 72818 Bangor / Lisburn / Downpatrick PART TIME / TWO YEARS

COURSE STRUCTURE To achieve this qualification learner’s need to complete mandatory (M) and optional (O) modules to a credit value of 90. Year 1 • Support CCLD in Early Years (M) • Understand Children and young people development (M) • Lead Practice that Supports Positive Outcomes for Children and young people (M) • Develop & implement Policies & Procedures to support the Safeguarding of C & YP (M) • Professional Practice in Children’s Care Learning and Development (M) • Develop Health & Safety and Risk Management Policies in HSC or C & YP Set-tings (M)

DAY(S): 1 day per week plus work based assessment

TIME: 15.00 - 21.30 START: Sept 18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £592 COMPOSITE FEES: £1042 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This qualification provides learners with the skills and knowledge needed to manage practice and lead others in children’s care, learning and development. It confers occupational competence to work in a management role within a regulated Early Years setting. This qualification is suitable for Assistant Managers and Deputy Managers working in children’s care, learning and development in Wales and Northern Ireland who are looking to progress their career. It is also appropriate for Managers who have not yet achieved a vocational qualification at this level.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Year 2 • Work in Partnership in HSC or C & YP Settings (M) • Use and Develop Systems that Promote Communication (M) • Promote Professional Development (M) • Champion Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (M) • Lead & Manage a Team within a HSC or C&YP Setting (M) • Develop Professional Supervision Practice in HSC or C&YP work settings. (M) • Support Others to Promote Children’s Communication in an Early Years Setting (O) • Support others to promote children physical development in an Early year’s set-ting (O) • Manage induction in health and social care or children and young people set-ting (O) • Manage physical resources (O) • Develop Procedures and Practice to Respond to Concerns and Complaints (O)

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 6 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 181

PERSONAL STUDY A further 8 -10 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods primarily this will be assessment of occupational competence in the workplace through observations and candidates will submit a portfolio of evidence. Assessment will also include coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Candidates who successfully complete the programme will have a Managerial qualification for the regulated Early years sector and recognised by the Sector skills Council. Learners who achieve the Diploma could apply to progress to a Foundation Degree in a related discipline.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Learners must be 19 years of age and over. Level 3 CCLD or Health qualification Working at a Deputy or Managerial level in a Regulated Early Years setting or have access to managerial duties at least 1 day per week in the above setting.

GCSE ENGLISH

Desired criteria however, each candidate will be assessed on their own merit

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

Candidates who successfully complete the programme will have a Managerial qualification for the regulated Early years sector and recognised by the Sector skills Council.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Access NI clearance will need to be processed for each student at a cost of £33.

ACCREDITATION CACHE

Return to contents page


182 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling 70635 Newtownards PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): 1 day per week TIME: 17.00 - 21.00 START: 12/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £406 COMPOSITE FEES: £865 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This course offers a relational model of training based on psychodynamic and person, cen-tred theories.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Working ethically, safely and professionally as a counsellor. • Working within a counselling relationship. • Working with client diversity in counselling work. • Working within a user-centred approach to counselling. • Working with self-awareness in the counselling process. • Working within a coherent framework of counselling theory and skills. • Working self-reflectively as a counsellor.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 6 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

You will also be expected to undertake 30 hours personal counselling. You will also have to complete a 100 hour supervised placement during the lifetime of the course. It is your responsibility to secure an appropriate placement(s) and supervision consistent with the course requirements. Students can apply for an extension of up to 12 months to complete their placement hours provided the student has successfully completed all other internal and external assessment requirements by June of year 2 of the course.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. In year 2, candidates undertake an external assessment where a 30 minute counselling practice session is recorded and a written examination is completed.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? You may progress onto CPCAB's: • Level 5 Diploma in Psychotherapeutic Counselling (PC-L5) • Level 5 Diploma in Cognitive Behavioural Therapeutic Skills and Theory (CBT-L5) • Open University Foundation Degree in Counselling. • You will want to work toward BACP accreditation as a counsellor which will require you have a minimum number of post qualifying (TC-L4) hours practice. • Successful completion of the TC-L4 Diploma will enable you to seek employment as a qualified counsellor in an agency setting.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 183

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This training course will provide you with a sound theoretical understanding and practical experience of forming, maintaining and successfully concluding therapeutic relationships with clients. Our focus is on appropriately equipping you for the counselling agency workplace.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS

You must have acquired both • CPCAB's Level 2 Certificate in Counselling Skills (CSK-L2) and CPCAB's Level 3 Certificate in Counselling Studies (CST-L3), or • RPL (prior learning, see below) equivalent.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS The cost of personal counselling and in some cases the cost of supervision while in place-ment could be in the region of £1500.

ACCREDITATION The qualification is awarded by CPCAB Counselling and Psychotherapy Central Awarding Body.

Return to contents page


184 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

CPCAB Level 5 Diploma in Cognitive Behavioural Therapeutic Skills and Theory (CBT) 72052 Newtownards PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): 1 day per week TIME: 17.00 - 21.00 START: 12/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £406 COMPOSITE FEES: £856 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This qualification is for Counsellors who are interested in the CBT approach. It comprises one unit. Candidates are required to undertake a minimum of 30 hours of one-to-one client work with at least three clients using the CBT approach, although it is recognised that they may also be working with other approaches in their client work setting. In addition candi-dates are required to have external supervision of their counselling work (which may or may not be all within a CBT framework) in accordance with BACP or BABCP minimum require-ments.

COURSE STRUCTURE This Qualification is made up of one mandatory unit ‘Working as a Counsellor using the CBT approach.’

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 4.5 hours per week.

PERSONAL STUDY 6 hours per week.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include external and internal as-sessments. Coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies may be used. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor perfor-mance. The course includes • Tutor assessment of candidate portfolio evidencing minimum assessment requirements. • Two internally assessed assignments (3000, 3500). • One externally assessed Case Review (3000, 3500). For the External Assessment candidates will write a structured case review. Candidates are required to undertake a minimum of 30 hours of one-to-one client work with at least three clients using the CBT approach, although it is recognised that they may also be working with other approaches in their client work setting. In addition candidates are required to have external supervision of their counselling work (which may or may not be all within a CBT framework) in accordance with BACP or BABCP minimum requirements. Candidates are expected to be working with clients within a professional framework in order to apply their learning on this course and to meet the assessment requirements.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 185

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Should the prospective student already have obtained the CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling, this Level 5 course can be combined with several Open University modules and result in the awarding of an Open University Foundation Degree in Counselling.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must have completed the CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling or their RPL (prior learning) equivalent. They must be a practicing counsellor. Candidates should be a member of BACP or BABCP. Entry to the course is subject to interview.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accredi-tation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Currently the NHS are required to provide CBT counselling in primary care. Accordingly, it is advisable that counsellors consider training in CBT skills.

ADDITIONAL COSTS None

ACCREDITATION The qualification is awarded by CPCAB Counselling and Psychotherapy Central Awarding Body.

Return to contents page


186 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

Queen's University Belfast Foundation Degree Early Childhood Studies 70252 Newtownards PART TIME / THREE YEARS DAY(S): Tues and 2 days per week in placement

TIME: 15.00 - 21.00 START: 25/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £288 COMPOSITE FEES: £988 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This course is suitable for all students who wish to work in an early years setting. The course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching, blended learning and practical work placements. These elements are a compulsory part of the course. There may be the opportuni-ty to accelerate the part time mode of study. Academic advisement will be available regarding the accelerated pathway. A total of 12 modules may be studied over three years part-time. (2.5 years with the Accelerat-ed pathway).

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: A total of 12 compulsory modules may be studied over three years part time. These include topics such as:

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Year 1 • Child Development. • Historical Overview. • Professional Practice 1. • Learning through Play. Year 2 • The Acquisition of Language and Communication Skills. • Quality Provision in the Early Year. • Safeguarding Children. • Developing Skills and Strategies for Managing Children’s Behaviour. • Professional Practice 1 part two. • Professional Practice 2 part one. Year 3 • Professional Practice 2 part two. • Working with Children with Additional Needs. • Anti-Discriminatory Practice and Inclusion in the Early Years Environment. • Science and Technology in the Early Years.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 6 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Enhancement modules of study skills and research during the course.

PERSONAL STUDY 15 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

WORK PLACEMENT Minimum 2 days per week across both semesters. A minimum of 300 hours per Professional Practice portfolio (1&2). Candidates must demonstrate access to an appropriate setting (0- 8 years). Candidates will apply for vetting on offer of a place. It is the responsibility of the candidate to gain their own placement.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 187

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, course-work, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS (Please note these criteria may be enhanced by Queen's University Belfast, Stranmillis Universi-ty College). Evidence of examination grades must be submitted with the application form. Evi-dence is also required of ability in appropriate skills and knowledge to undertake the pro-gramme. Applicants are also required to provide a reference with their application. Completed application forms are submitted for approval to Stranmillis University College on set dates. Original examination evidence is also verified by Stranmillis University College Academic Regis-try prior to registration on the course.

GCSE

4 GCSE English and Mathematics at Grade C or above (Level 2 Essential Skills in Communication is acceptable in lieu of a grade C in GCSE English Language; however Level 2 Application of Number cannot be substituted for GCSE Mathematics).

UCAS

• • • •

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND

Irish leaving certificate - normally BBBBB at Higher (must have English and Maths Ordinary level Grade D or better).

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access course - minimum of 55% including Mathematics and English.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • ELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section. Credit may be given to a maximum of 80 CATS points. Credit transfer will not be permitted for study undertaken earlier than three years prior to entry. Students who have successfully completed modules on the Advanced Diploma in Childcare and Education, the HNC or HND in Advanced Practice in Work with Children and Families may apply for Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL).

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of the course you will graduate from Queen's University Belfast with a Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies. Those students who achieve the standard required by Stranmillis University College may be able to progress to Stage 2 of the full-time or part-time BA (Hons) Degree in Early Childhood Studies.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies is designed for those people who wish to pursue a career in childcare or health and education or who wish to progress to degree courses in Early Childhood Studies. Students who are currently employed in an appropriate early years setting will be able to use this as placement experience.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students may be required to undertake study visits for which they will pay a nominal sum. This will be in the region of £30 per year. To attend placement, students will be required to have an enhanced Access NI check completed which will cost £33.

ACCREDITATION Queens University Belfast.

A minimum of 64 UCAS points at grade CC Or BTEC National Certificate or Diploma in Early Years or Appropriate Cache Diploma in Child Care and Education or NVQ level 3 Qualification CCLD/EYCE or Classroom Assistant or Teaching Assistant • Provide evidence of their ability in appropriate skills and knowledge to undertake the programme. Guidance is available for such candidates from the Further Education College and any evidence submitted will be assessed by subject specialists who will determine the applicant’s suitability for the course. Applicants may be required to attend for interview.

Return to contents page


188 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate in Health Care Practice (RQF) 78501 Lisburn / Newtownards PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): 1 afternoon / evening per week / and

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Law, Policy and Ethical Practice in Health and Social Care Health & Safety in the Health & Social Care Workplace. • Demonstrating Professional Principles and Values in Health and Social Care Practice. • Supporting the Individual Journey through Integrated Health and Social Care. • Fundamentals of Evidence-based Practice • Health Education in Action. • Effective Healthcare Practice using Maths. • Anatomy and Physiology for Health and Ill-Health.

1 day per week in placement.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK

TIME: 15.00 - 21.00 START: 25/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £288 COMPOSITE FEES: £988 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes

6 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

COURSE OVERVIEW This course is ideal for those who want to progress to study and work in the Health Care industry. It is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and a 225-hour work placement in a relevant Health and Social Care workplace. This may be your current job if suitable. Both elements are a compulsory part of the course. It is the student's responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for continuing education, employment and professional development within the Health and Social Care sector. You will be encouraged to develop and reflect on your learning within a continuous learning environment.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 1.5 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 11 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

PLACEMENT This will require you to attend college for 1 day a week and to attend your vocational placement to complete the 225 hours through the 2 years.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and exams. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 189

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include further study or employment in the relevant field. This qualification will give you a minimum of 120 credits which you can use to apply to related Degree programmes. Previous SERC Graduates have successfully applied to Degrees in Nursing, Midwifery, Social Work, Occupational Therapy, Psychology, Youth work, Speech & Language Therapy and associated Social Sciences. In 2015/2016, over 85% of HNC students received their 1st choice University offer with the majority progress-ing to Queen's and Ulster Universities to study Nursing and Social Work. The course can lead directly into a career in Health and Social care, for example previous students have sought employment as auxiliary nurses, community care assistants, and residential support workers.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging Health and Social Care sector.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Experience of work or placements in the health and social sector are desirable criteria.

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include: • 2 A levels at A2 or • Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma OR • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students must pay for their Access NI clearance, current cost is £33 - please note your own workplace clear-ance may suffice. Students will have to pay for production of posters for class presentations. Approximate cost of £30.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Return to contents page


190 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate in Social and Community Work (RQF) 78523 Newtownards / Downpatrick PART TIME / TWO YEARS

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Law, Policy and Ethical Practice in Health and Social Care Health & Safety in the Health & Social Care Workplace. • Demonstrating Professional Principles and Values in Health and Social Care Practice. • Supporting the Individual Journey through Integrated Health and Social Care. • Fundamentals of Evidence-based Practice. • Social Work Principles and Introduction to Practice. • Applied Understanding of Human Development and Behaviour. • Health, Safety and Risk Management in Care Environments.

DAY(S): 1 afternoon / evening per week / and 1 day per week in placement.

TIME: 15.00 - 21.00 START: 25/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £288 COMPOSITE FEES: £988 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This course is suitable for those wanting to study or work in Health and Care settings. This course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and a 225-hour work placement in a relevant Health and Social Care workplace. This may be your current job if suitable. Both elements are a compulsory part of the course. It is the student's responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for continuing education, employment and professional development within the Health and Social Care sector. You will be encouraged to develop and reflect on your learning within a continuous learning environment.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 6 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 1.5 hours per week average over the academic year.

PERSONAL STUDY 11 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

PLACEMENT This will require you to attend college for 1 day a week and to attend your vocational placement to complete the 225 hours through the 2 years.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and exams. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 191

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include further study or employment in the relevant field. This qualification will give you a minimum of 120 credits which you can use to apply to related Degree programmes. Previous SERC Graduates have successfully applied to Degrees in Nursing, Midwifery, Social Work, Occupational Therapy, Psychology, Youth work, Speech & Language Therapy. In 2016/17, over 85% of HNC students received their 1st choice University offer with the majority progressing to Queen's and Ulster Universities to study Nursing and Social Work. The course can lead directly into a career in Health and Social care, for example previous students have sought employment as, community care assistants and residential support workers.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging Health and Social Care sector.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students must pay for their Access NI clearance, current cost is £33 - please note your own workplace clear-ance may suffice. Students will have to pay for production of posters for class presentations. Approximate cost of £30.

Experience of work or placements in the health and social sector are desirable criteria.

GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Grade C or above or Equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent.

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

GCSE A level at 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include: • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma/National Extended Diploma OR • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Return to contents page


192 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

Pearson Edexcel Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Health and Social Care Services (Adults' Management) Wales and Northern Ireland (QCF) 78043 Lisburn / Downpatrick PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): 1 day per week TIME: 09.00 - 17.00 START: 13/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £592 COMPOSITE FEES: £1042 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This professional qualification is designed to build advanced knowledge and skills re-quired by Managers or Deputy Managers who work in the Residential / Nursing Care sector. It is the accepted qualification for registration and regulation in accordance with RQIA guidance needed. This qualification will also be appropriate for Managers who wish to gain a recognised leadership qualification.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: To achieve this qualification candidate’s need to complete mandatory (M) and optional (O) modules to a credit value of 90 and be competent in practical assessments ie complete 18 units of which 12 are mandatory (M).

Year 1 • Use and Develop Systems that Promote Communication (M) • Promote Professional Development (M) • Champion Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (M) • Develop Health and Safety and Risk Management Policies, Procedures and Practices in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings (M) • Work in Partnership in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings (M) • Manage Health and Social Care Practice to Ensure Positive Outcomes for Individuals (M) • Safeguarding and Protection of Vulnerable Adults (M) • Understand Safeguarding of Children and Young People (for Those Working in the Adult Sector (M) • Lead Person-Centred Practice (M) • Lead and Manage a Team within a Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Set-ting (M) • Assess the Individual in a Health and Social Care Setting (M) Year 2 • Develop Procedures and Practice to Respond to Concerns and Complaints. (O) • Recruitment and Selection within Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Set-ting. (O) • Manage an Inter-Professional Team in a Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s setting. (O) • Manage Quality in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings. (0) • Undertake a Research Project within Services for Health and Social Care or Children and Young Peo-ple. (O) • Develop and Implement Policies and Procedures to Support the Safeguarding of Children and Young People. (O)

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 6 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 8 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods primarily this will be assessment of occupational competence in the workplace through observations and candidates will submit a portfolio of evidence. Assessment will also include coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Candidates who successfully complete the programme will have a Managerial qualification for the regulated Health and Care setting as recognised by the Sector skills Council and the RQIA. Learners who achieve the level 5 could apply to a Foundation Degree / Degree in a related discipline.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Candidates who successfully complete the programme will have a Managerial qualification for the reg-ulated Care setting and recognised by the Sector skills Council/ RQIA.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 193

ADDITIONAL COSTS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Access NI clearance will need to be processed for each student at a cost of £33. Candidates wishing to follow the residential pathway must complete an additional two units on top of the mandatory and optional units. These are ‘Assess individual in Health and Social Care setting’ and ‘Lead and manage group living for adults’. This is at an extra £200 on top of the fees. This will lead to the double award. Candidates must be in a team leader position or manager.

Level 3 Diploma in health and Care or equivalent, or above. Working at a Deputy or Managerial level in a Regulated Adult Health and Social care setting or have access to managerial duties at least 1 day per week in the above setting. RPL as below. Must be 19 years of age and over.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

ACCREDITATION Pearson Edexcel.

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accredi-tation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Return to contents page


194 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Counselling 71420 Lisburn

need to find their own placement.) Students will study 4 modules over each academic year (2 per semester), subject studies may include: Year 1:

• • • •

Integrative Approach 1 Personal Development Humanistic Approaches Developing the Therapeutic Relationship

PART TIME / THREE YEARS

opportunities for research and shared learning presentations. Students will also be required to record their practice for self-evaluation. In Year 1 this is done with peers in class and in Years 2 and 3 this is done as part of the client work placement. There is also workplace assessment by a mentor in the placement organisation and feedback from an external clinical supervisor who oversees the client work.

Year 2

DAY(S): Mon TIME: 09.00 - 17.00 START: 13/09/18 FINISH: May 19 DAY(S): Tues / Thurs TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 11/09/18 FINISH: May 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £185 COMPOSITE FEES: £885 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This course aims to provide the counselling student with a comprehensive and flexible framework for education and training in line with professional accreditation requirements, which would facilitate safe practice within both the counselling and counselling skills arenas. At all levels students will be able to gain knowledge of key aspects of the counselling process, with the aim of becoming Humanistic Integrative Counsellors.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: The UU Foundation Degree in Counselling award is achieved after three years part-time study including a combination of classroom teaching and a structured supervised practice element (client work) in an appropriate placement, commencing Year 2. (Students

• • • •

thics and Professional Practice E Understanding the Client in Context Cognitive Behavioural Interventions Supervised Practice 1 (SP1 placement)

Year 3:

• S upervised Practice 2 (SP2 placement) • Integrative Approach 2 • Psychodynamic Approaches

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PLACEMENT STUDY 150 hours over SP1 and SP2 (max of 4 hours per week).

PERSONAL STUDY Each 20 credit module is equivalent to 200 hours of self-study.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK The UU Foundation Degree in Counselling award is achieved after three years' part time study (240 credits) including a structured supervised practice element. Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. Primarily there are written assignments in the form of reflective journals, essays and case studies. There is one examination per year in the second semester (normally May -with resits in August) There is ongoing assessment in the form of class triad work with tutor and peer feedback and some

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The design of the UU Foundation Degree in Counselling is in line with those set out by the two main professional bodies in the area: The British Association for Counselling and Psy-chotherapy (BACP) and the Irish Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy (IACP), and qualifies students to be counselling practitioners. The programme offers two exit points depending on student need/professional goal: • Foundation Degree in Counselling: 3 years (full qualification). • Cert HE in Counselling: 2 years (lower award). Students who have successfully completed the Foundation Degree which is accredited by the National Counselling Society will be eligible to be named on the Professional Standards Register as a registered Counsellor.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The UU Foundation Degree in Counselling qualifies students to be counselling practitioners in line with regulation proposals and the professional accreditation criteria set out by the two main professional bodies in the area. (BACP and IACP). The alternative 2-year part time route of Certificate of Higher Education in Counselling pro-vides students with flexibility of choice and opportunity to enhance current skills,


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 195

knowledge and employability e.g. promotion opportunities, in their existing professional roles in a rele-vant sector e.g. Education, Social Work, Management etc.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Additional costs will be incurred including: • Personal therapy (approximately £40 per hour) for a minimum of twenty sessions. • Clinical Supervision typically £35 - £40 per hour - student rates may be available) ratios are 1:5 in the first 30 hours and 1:8 in the remaining 120 hours ap-proximately). • BACP Student membership - £79 full cost. • Professional Indemnity Insurance £60-80.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS

GCSE English Language grades A-C/ 4-9 or equivalent. And 2 other passes grade A-C / 4-9 or equivalent.

UCAS

• Provide evidence of passes in five subjects, two of which must be at A level (grades A-E) and three at GCSE level* (grades A-C/4-9); or • Provide evidence of passes in four subjects, three of which must be at A level (grades A-E) and one at GCSE level* (grades A-C/4-9); or • Provide evidence of an approved qualification at an equivalent level such as a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma or Access to Higher Education qualification or equivalent; or • Provide evidence, for a process of formal accreditation by the University, of learning gained through work or other experience.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Ac-ceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accredi-tation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

All applicants must satisfy Enhanced Disclosure from Access NI which will incur a fee of approximately £33.

ACCREDITATION The Foundation Degree in Counselling is accredited by the National Counselling Society (NCS).

Return to contents page


196 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

Level 4 Certificate in Substance Misuse 78520 Lisburn PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Thurs TIME: 18.00 - 21.00 START: 13/09/18 FINISH: May 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £98 COMPOSITE FEES: £548 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This level 4 certificate is ideal for you if you work within the field of substance misuse, including dealing with drug, alcohol or solvent abuse. This qualification will give you specialist knowledge and professional skills so you can be more resourceful and effective. The course covers a range of topics from identifying misuse to supporting individuals through treatment and rehabilita-tion, enabling you to focus on the substance misuse issues that impact on your work.

(DATs), Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) or Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships (CDRPs). They can also be used by workers who cannot access the full Level 3 qualification because of the nature of their working context or role i.e. they are a part-time or voluntary worker.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Students will study enough units to gain a minimum of 18 credits. These include; • Recognise indications of substance misuse and refer individuals to specialists. • Enable individuals who misuse substances to identify and use health and social care services and facilities. • Identify and act upon immediate risk of danger to substance misusers. • Support individuals who are substance users.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK The certificate in working with Substance Misuse is for professionals who work with individuals who misuse substances, either directly or indirectly, for example, you may be a Support Work-er, Housing Worker, Police Officer or Teacher. They are also relevant to those working within specialist substance misuse services either with adults or children and young people. These services may be statutory or voluntary and will usu-ally have Service Level Agreements with local Drug Action Teams

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods primarily this will be assessment of occupational competence in the workplace through observations and candidates will submit a portfolio of evidence. Assessment will also include coursework, Project Based Learning, presen-tations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 197

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Students can apply to continue further study at a degree level in areas such as addiction studies and then to other postgraduate level 7 courses.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS All applicants must be over the age of 16 and Working in the area of substance misuse for example as teacher, police officer etc .

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Ac-ceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will enhance your knowledge of this area.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION City and Guilds

Return to contents page


198 / HEALTH, EARLY YEARS

Higher Level Apprenticeships in Leadership for Children’s Care Learning and Development (Management) 78369

for Managers who have not yet achieved a vocational qualification at this level.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE:

CAMPUS: Newtownards DAY(S): 1 day per week TIME: 15.30 - 21.00 START: 13/11/18

• Support Children’s Care, Learning and Development in the Early Years. • Understand Children and Young Person’s Development 35. • Lead Practice that Supports Positive Outcomes for Child and Young Person’s Development. • Develop and Implement Policies and Procedures to Support the Safeguarding of Children and Young People. • Professional Practice in Children’s Care, Learning and Development. • Develop Health and Safety and Risk Management Policies, Procedures and Practices in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings. • Work in Partnership in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings. • Use and Develop Systems that Promote Communication. • Promote Professional Development. • Champion Equality, Diversity and Inclusion. • Lead and Manage a Team within a Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Setting. • Develop Professional Supervision Practice in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Work Settings.

COURSE OVERVIEW

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK

Bangor, Downpatrick, Newtownards PART TIME / TWO YEARS CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): 1 day per week TIME: 15.30 - 21.00 START: 20/11/18 CAMPUS: Downpatrick DAY(S): 1 day per week TIME: 15.30 - 21.00 START: 20/11/18

This qualification provides learners with the skills and knowledge needed to manage practice and lead others in children’s care, learning and development. It confers occupational competence to work in a management role within a regulated Early Years setting. This qualification is suitable for Assistant Managers and Deputy Managers working in children’s care, learning and development in Wales and Northern Ireland who are looking to progress their career. It is also appropriate

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

6 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Students will be assessed in the workplace.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 8 -10 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.


HEALTH, EARLY YEARS / 199

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods primarily this will be assessment of occupational competence in the workplace through observations and candidates will submit a portfolio of evidence. Assessment will also include coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

All applicants must be over the age of 16 and Working in the area of substance misuse for example as teacher, police officer etc .

GENERAL

• Level 3 CCLD or Health qualification. • Working at a Deputy or Managerial level in a Regulated Early Years setting or have access to managerial duties at least 1 day per week in the above setting. • PREFER CANDIDATES TO HAVE English GCSE/ESK as desired criteria however, each candidate will be assessed on their own merit. • You should be aware that to progress to initial teacher training, GCSE grade C or above (or equivalent) in English, Mathematics and Science is required. • You should either be in a supervisory role or management level to apply for this course. Access NI clearance will need to be processed for each student at a cost of £33 (If not already have one done and is valid within the year).

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Candidates who successfully complete the programme will have a Managerial qualification for the regulated Early years sector and recognised by the Sector skills Council. Learners who achieve the Diploma could apply to progress to a Foundation Degree in a related discipline.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Candidates who successfully complete the programme will have a Managerial qualification for the regulated Early years sector and recognised by the Sector skills Council.

Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADDITIONAL COSTS

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

Access NI clearance will need to be processed for each student at a cost of £33.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ACCREDITATION CACHE

Return to contents page


200 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Developer £20,000 - £50,000

As a software developer you will be entering one of the most in demand professions in many countries across the world. A developer will have the opportunity to work on a range of project that could include software applications, mobile applications, web development and games design.

Mechatronic Engineer £20,000 - £40,000

Mechatronics engineering is a multidisciplinary segment of the engineering field. Rather than embrace traditional divisions of engineering as distinct entities, it combines electrical engineering, computer engineering, mechanical engineering, and control engineering. Mechatronic engineers develop a wide range of systems from robotics through to automated factories.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 201

School of Computing and Engineering

Example Careers

Systems Developer

Website Designer

Mechanical Engineer Software Engineering

Systems Analysis

Electrical Engineer

Games Developer Mechatronic Engineer

Database Developer

Return to contents page


202 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC in Computing (RQF) 71672 Bangor / Lisburn / Downpatrick PART TIME / TWO YEAR CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 18/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): Wed TIME: 17.30 - 21.30 START: 17/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 CAMPUS: Downpatrick DAY(S): Mon and Wed TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 12/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £186 COMPOSITE FEES: £880 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This HNC in Computing is Level 4 Programme suitable for learners who have already attained a Level 3 qualification and are interested in the Computing Sector, or Practitioners within the IT and Computing Sector wishing to gain a recognised qualification.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • • • •

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Programming Networking Professional Practice Database Design and Development


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 203

• • • •

Security Managing a Successful Computing Project Computer Systems Architecture Website Design and Development

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further average of 7 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ADDITIONAL COSTS ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be pro-vided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will allow you to pursue a career in the ICT industry or apply to progress to the Level 5 HND Diploma or related degree programmes. Further study at a higher level will allow you to apply to jobs such as Software Tester, Web developer, Programmer, Data Analyst or management positions in the IT industry.

There are no additional costs associated with this Programme.

ACCREDITATION Pearson.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR equivalent is preferable.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent is preferable.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with as-sessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will provide you with the skills to seek employment in the ICT industry or apply to progress to related degree programmes. Group Learning and Project Based Learning approaches are used to provide additional career skills such as team working and communication skills.

Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Return to contents page


204 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND in Computing and Systems Development Top Up (QCF) 71192 Bangor / Lisburn PART TIME / TWO YEARS

• • • • • • •

Local Area Networking Technologies Database Design Concepts Data Analysis and Design Web Applications Development Digital Image Creation and Development Programming in .NET Work Based Experience

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 18.00 - 21.30 START: 18/09/18 FINISH: 15/06/19

A further 8 -10 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): Mon and Wed TIME: 17.30 - 21.30 START: 17/09/18 FINISH: 15/06/19

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £56 COMPOSITE FEES: £756 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This course will provide you with skills in programming, networking, e-business and computing in Business. Students can study this programme as a part time 'top up' option following completion of an HNC (QCF). The course is studied over a minimum of 2 years and comprises a minimum 8 units.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • • • • •

Systems Analysis and Design Website Design Procedural Programming Event Driven Programming Networking Technologies

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will allow you to pursue a career in the ICT industry or apply to progress to related degree programmes. Further study at a higher level will allow you to apply to jobs such as Software Tester, Web developer, Programmer, Data Analyst or management positions in the IT industry.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will provide you with the skills to seek employment in the ICT industry or apply to progress to related degree programmes. Group Learning and Project Based Learning approaches are used to provide additional career skills such as team working and communication skills.


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 205

ADDITIONAL COSTS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

There are no additional costs associated with this Programme.

Completion of HNC Computing programme on the QCF frame-work.

ACCREDITATION Pearson.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Return to contents page


206 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Computing 78109 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn PART TIME / THREE YEARS CAMPUS): Bangor DAY(S): Tues TIME: 09.00 – 19.30 START: : 11/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £0 REGISTRATION FEE: £0 COMPOSITE FEES: £0

aims to develop industry current skills to ensure that the future needs of the IT sector are fully met.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Students are required to undertake mandatory modules equating to 180 credits. Mandatory modules will include: • Introduction to Programming 1 (10 Credits) • Computer Systems (20 credits) • Effective Learning in Computing (10 credits) • Introduction to Databases with SQL (20 credits) • Introduction to Programming 2 (10 credits) • Network Technology (20 credits) • Computational Mathematics (20 credits) • Professional Practice in an ICT Context (10 credits) • Object-oriented Programming (20 credits) • Work-based learning (40 credits)

CAMPUS): Downpatrick DAY(S): Mon TIME: 09.00 – 19.30 START: : 11/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £0 REGISTRATION FEE: £0 COMPOSITE FEES: £0

OPTIONAL MODULES:

CAMPUS): Lisburn DAY(S): Wed TIME: 09.00 – 19.30 START: : 11/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £0 REGISTRATION FEE: £0 COMPOSITE FEES: £0

Optional modules will be a choice of: Pathway 1 – Programming • Programming in .NET (20 credits) • Software Testing Methods (10 credits) • Web Application Development (10 credits) • Games Development (10 credits) • Mobile Application Development (10 credits)

COURSE OVERVIEW The Higher Level Apprenticeship allows you to gain certification while working for a local company, requiring attendance at college one day per week. You will complete a Foundation Degree in Computing along with work related qualifications over a three year period. The Foundation Degree in Computing

Students must also undertake a further 60 credits worth of optional modules (listed below). Currently, the optional modules are structured into two distinct pathways; however, it may be possible to study modules from both paths depending on timetable constraints.

Pathway 2- Infrastructure Support • Wide Area Networking (20 credits) • Internet Server Management (20 credits) • Networking Infrastructure (10 credits) • Network Security (10 credits) *Optional modules are subject to minimum student number requirements and therefore module availability may vary.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

This course may grant you privileges as an Associate student of the Ulster University and you may have access to a number of University services and facilities, including membership to the Ulster University sports centre and access to physical and online library materials. To find out more visit UU Associate Student.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical assessments and class tests. This is dependent on the requirements of each module of study. Both oral and written feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to prepare students for a career in the ICT industry or progression to related degree programmes. On successful completion of this course you may progress to the BSc (Hons) Computer Science at Ulster University. Alternatively, you can apply to other Colleges/Universities to complete your undergraduate degree or apply for employment.


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 207

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to undertake employment within the computing industry whilst completing the Foundation Degree in Computing. This will enable you to gain industry experience at the same time as completing your academic qualification. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the computing industry. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace. Throughout the course industry standard software and equipment is utilised with a focus on the core industrial skills required for the computing industry.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE English or approved equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE Maths, or Merit in Mathematics for IT Practitioners unit on the Level 3 Extended Diploma in IT (or equivalent)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels • National Awards and Be employed in a suitable IT/ Computing company either as a new employee or as an existing employee in a new job role

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

Applicants must satisfy the University’s general entry requirements and specific requirements. Each applicant is entitled to the appropriate information, advice and counselling to assess their entrance level and vocational choice. All applicants will be interviewed to establish their suitability for the course

Return to contents page


208 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Computing 72424 Bangor / Lisburn / Downpatrick PART TIME / THREE YEARS CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): ### TIME: 09.00 - 17.00 START: 11.09.18 FINISH: Jun19 CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): ### TIME: 09.00 - 17.00 START: 12.09.18 FINISH: Jun 19 CAMPUS: Downpatrick DAY(S): ### TIME: 09.00 - 17.00 START: 12.09.18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £160 COMPOSITE FEES: £860 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW The Foundation Degree (FdSc) in Computing aims to develop industry current skills to ensure that the future needs of the IT sector are fully met. The teaching team consists of highly qualified staff with valuable industrial experience. Our staff are regularly trained to keep up-to-date with the changing needs of industry.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Students are required to undertake mandatory modules equating to 180 credits. Mandatory modules will include: • Introduction to Programming 1 (10 Credits). • Computer Systems (20 credits). • Effective Learning in Computing (10 credits). • Introduction to Databases with SQL (20 credits). • Introduction to Programming 2 (10 credits). • Network Technology (20 credits). • Computational Mathematics (20 credits). • Professional Practice in an ICT Context (10 credits). • Object-oriented Programming (20 credits). • Work-based learning (40 credits).

OPTIONAL MODULES: Students must also undertake a further 60 credits worth of optional modules (listed below). Currently, the optional modules are structured into two distinct pathways; however, it may be possible to study modules from both paths depending on timetable constraints. Optional modules will be a choice of: Pathway 1 – Programming • Programming in .NET (20 credits) Software Testing Methods (10 credits) • Web Application Development (10 credits) • Games Development (10 credits) • Mobile Application Development (10 credits) Pathway 2- Infrastructure Support • Wide Area Networking (20 credits) • Internet Server Management (20 credits) • Networking Infrastructure (10 credits) • Network Security (10 credits) *Optional modules are subject to minimum student number requirements and therefore module availability may vary. This course may grant you privileges as an Associate Student of Ulster University and you may have access to a number of University

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

services and facilities, including membership of the Ulster University sports centre and access to campus libraries.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 8 -10 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

PLACEMENT The Foundation Degree also provides students with an opportunity to undertake a structured work-based learning placement within the computing industry during the final year of the programme. It is the responsibility of the student to obtain a suitable work placement employer, however assistance will be provided by the college as required.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Bases Learning, presentations, practical assessments and class tests. This is dependent on the requirements of each module of study. Both oral and written feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this course, and depending on the grade you achieve, you may progress to second year of the BSc (Hons) Computing Science at Ulster University. Alternatively, you can apply to other Colleges/Universities to complete your undergraduate degree or apply for employment.


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 209

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to undertake a 12-week placement within the computing industry to assist you in developing real-life experience and practical skills that employ-ers want. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the computing industry. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace. Throughout the course, industry standard software and equipment is utilised, with a focus on the core industrial skills required for the computing industry.

Applicants must satisfy the University’s General Entry Requirements and specific requirements. Each applicant is entitled to the appropriate information, advice and counselling to assess their entrance level and vocational choice. All applicants will be interviewed to establish their suitability for the course

GCSE ENGLISH

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE English or approved equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE Maths, or Merit in Mathematics for IT Practitioners unit on the Level 3 Extended Diploma in IT (or equivalent).

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels • National Awards

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

ADDITIONAL COSTS Access NI clearance, estimated at £33 (only if required for work-based learning placement).

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Ac-ceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Return to contents page


210 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Computing -Programming Python (Single unit accreditation) 78527 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn PART TIME CAMPUS): Bangor DAY(S): Wednesday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Downpatrick DAY(S): Tuesday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Lisburn DAY(S): Thursday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £175 REGISTRATION FEE: £15 COMPOSITE FEES: £190 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using Python.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Unit 1: Programming from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 211

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in programming using Python. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE English or approved equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE Maths (or equivalent)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme.

ACCREDITATION Pearson

Return to contents page


212 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Computing -Programming C# (Single unit accreditation) 78528 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn PART TIME CAMPUS): Bangor DAY(S): Wednesday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Downpatrick DAY(S): Tuesday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Lisburn DAY(S): Thursday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £175 REGISTRATION FEE: £15 COMPOSITE FEES: £190 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using C#.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Unit 1: Programming from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 213

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in programming using C#. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE English or approved equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE Maths (or equivalent)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Pearson

Return to contents page


214 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Computing -Programming Java (Single unit accreditation) 78529 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn PART TIME CAMPUS): Bangor DAY(S): Wednesday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Downpatrick DAY(S): Tuesday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Lisburn DAY(S): Thursday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £175 REGISTRATION FEE: £15 COMPOSITE FEES: £190 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using Java.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Unit 1: Programming from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 215

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in programming using Java. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE English or approved equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE Maths (or equivalent)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme.

ACCREDITATION Pearson.

Return to contents page


216 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Computing -Networking (Single unit accreditation) 78530 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn PART TIME CAMPUS): Bangor DAY(S): Wed TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Downpatrick DAY(S): Tues TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Lisburn DAY(S): Thurs TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £175 REGISTRATION FEE: £15 COMPOSITE FEES: £190 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW The aim of this unit is to provide students with wider background knowledge of computer networking essentials, how they operate, protocols, standards, security considerations and the prototypes associated with a range of networking technologies. Student will also have the opportunity to install and configure a range of computer network hardware devices.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 217

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Unit 2: Networking from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in computer networking technologies. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme.

ACCREDITATION Pearson

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE English or approved equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE Maths (or equivalent)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Return to contents page


218 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Computing -Security (Single unit accreditation) 78531 Bangor / Downpatrick / Lisburn PART TIME CAMPUS): Bangor DAY(S): Wednesday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Downpatrick DAY(S): Tuesday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 CAMPUS): Lisburn DAY(S): Thursday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 14/01/19 FINISH: 03/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £175 REGISTRATION FEE: £15 COMPOSITE FEES: £190 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW The aim of this unit is to provide students with knowledge of computer security considerations and will address topics such as, network security design, address translation, DMZ, VPN, firewalls, AV and intrusion detection systems.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 219

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Unit 5: Security from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

PERSONAL STUDY A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in computer security considerations. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Pearson

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE English or approved equivalent.

GCSE MATHS

A minimum of Grade C in GCSE Maths (or equivalent)

ADDITIONAL GCSE'S

A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above.

UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

Return to contents page


220 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering (General) (RQF) 71939 Bangor / Lisburn PART TIME / TWO YEARS CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): Tuesday and Thursday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 18/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £180 COMPOSITE FEES: £880 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): Tuesday and Thursday TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: 18/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £180 COMPOSITE FEES: £880 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW Mechanical and Electronic Engineering which together form a branch of engineering commonly referred to as Mechatronics is one of the more recent developments in the engineering discipline. It combines mechanical engineering, problem solving and design skills with the expertise of digital electronics and computer systems to produce advanced products and systems through automation and the use of robotics. The modules offered provide a blend of theoretical and practical skills essential for the professional engineer in a modern engineering environment.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: The course consists of 4 mandatory core units and 4 specialist units. Units covered include: • Engineering Design • Engineering Maths • Engineering Science • Managing a Professional Project • Automation, Robotics and PLC • CAD/CAM • Electrical and Electronic Principles • Quality and Process Improvement You will engage in hands-on project work in the second year and will become involved in the design, building and testing of mechatronic systems to complete the mandatory project design unit.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

PERSONAL STUDY A further 7 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the Higher National Certificate in Engineering, will allow you to apply for a range of jobs within the engineering industry. You may also be able to progress to management positions in the engineering industry. Completion of HNC Engineering allows progression to the HND Engineering top up programme.


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 221

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? As well as gaining a recognised qualification, you will receive training on a wide range of industry standard equipment and software.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A BTEC Level 3 qualification in Engineering OR • A GCE Advanced level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a relevant subject or an adequate performance in more than one GCE subject OR • Other related Level 3 qualifications

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION The course and Provider are regulated by Pearson UK

Return to contents page


222 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND Engineering Top Up (General) (QCF) 71987 Bangor / Lisburn PART TIME / TWO YEARS CAMPUS: Bangor DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: : 18/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 CAMPUS: Lisburn DAY(S): Tues and Thurs TIME: 18:00-21:00 START: : 18/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £ 700 REGISTRATION FEE: £54 COMPOSITE FEES: £754 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW Mechanical and Electronic Engineering which together form a branch of engineering commonly referred to as Mechatronics is one of the more recent developments in the engineering discipline. It combines mechanical engineering, problem solving and design skills with the expertise of digital electronics and computer systems. The modules offered provide a blend of theoretical and practical skills essential for the professional engineer in a modern engineering environment.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: A number of units may be delivered via a distance learning approach. Units covered include: • Business Improvement Techniques

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 223

• • • • •

Health and Safety Mechanical Principles Electrical and Electronic Principles Quality and Business Improvement Personal Professional Development

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

PERSONAL STUDY A further 7 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the Higher National Diploma in Engineering, will enable you to apply to a range of jobs within the engineering industry. You may also be able to progress to management positions in the engineering industry. Completion of HND Engineering allows progression to Engineering degree programmes.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS

An HNC in Engineering (QCF).

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? As well as gaining a recognised qualification, you will receive training on a wide range of industry standard equipment and software.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION The course and Provider are regulated by Pearson UK

Return to contents page


224 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechanical/ Manufacturing Engineering 78304 Bangor PART TIME / THREE YEARS DAY(S): Thursday TIME: 09.00 – 19.30 START: 13/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: : £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £160 COMPOSITE FEES: £860 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW Mechanical and Manufacturing engineers are creative problem solvers who require vision to work with a range of other engineers in the development of innovative and cost-effective products. Students must master modern technologies and skills such as robotics, computer-aided design and simulation. The teaching team consists of staff who are highly qualified with valuable industrial experience. Our staff are regularly trained to keep up-to-date with the changing needs of the industry.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Year 1 • Engineering Mathematics • Electrical Science 1 • CAD Techniques 1 • Mechanical Science • Manufacturing Processes • Materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Year 2 • CAD Techniques 2 • Professional Studies • Automation and Fluid Power • Industrial Robot Technology • Energy and Maintenance Systems • PLCs Year 3 • CAD/CAM 1 and 2 • Quality and BIT • Work Based Learning 1 and 2 • Mechatronics

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further average of 8 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

PLACEMENT The Foundation Degree also provides students with an opportunity to undertake a substantial work based project during the final year of the programme.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply for jobs within advanced industries as diverse as aerospace, consumer goods, electronics and pharmaceuticals, as well as the more traditional light and heavy


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 225

engineering sectors. Alternatively successful completion depending on grade will allow direct entry to Year 2 of the following degree programmes at Ulster University. • BEng Hons in Mechanical Engineering • BEng Hons in Mechatronic Engineering

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS which can include: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 vocational qualification in Engineering

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with as-sessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issu-ing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will equip you with formal qualifications which will improve your job opportunities and employability skills in the engineering sector. You will also gain a range of soft skills regarded as highly desirable by employers.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme.

ACCREDITATION This programme is validated by Ulster University.

Return to contents page


226 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Advanced Manufacturing 78298 Bangor PART TIME /THREE YEARS DAY(S): Tuesday TIMES: 09:00 – 19.30 START: 06/09/18 FINISH: June 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £0 REGISTRATION FEE: £0 COMPOSITE FEES: £0 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW Mechanical and Manufacturing engineers are creative problem solvers who require vision to work with a range of other engineers in the development of innovative and cost-effective products. Students must master modern technologies and skills such as robotics, computer-aided design and simulation. During this course you will complete the Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering. The teaching team consists of staff who are highly qualified with valuable industrial experience. Our staff are regularly trained to keep up to date with the changing needs of industry.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Year 1 • Engineering Mathematics • Electrical Science 1 • CAD Techniques 1 • Mechanical Science • Manufacturing Processes • Materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Year 2 • CAD Techniques 2 • Professional Studies • Automation and Fluid Power • Industrial Robot Technology • Energy and Maintenance Systems • PLCs Year 3 • CAD/CAM 1 and 2 • Quality and BIT • Work Based Learning 1 and 2 • Mechatronics

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further average of 2-3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course may enable you to apply to progress to a supervisory or management position within your company. Alternatively, successful completion, depending on grade will allow direct entry to Year 2 of the following degree programmes at Ulster University. • BEng Hons in Mechanical Engineering • BEng Hons in Mechatronic Engineering


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 227

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will equip you with formal qualifications which will improve your job opportunities and employability skills in the engineering sector. You will also gain a range of soft skills regarded as highly desirable by employers.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS which can include: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 vocational qualification in Engineering. • Currently are employed in the industry.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION This programme is accredited by the Ulster University.

Return to contents page


228 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering 72490 Lisburn PART TIME / THREE YEARS DAY(S): Thursday TIME: 09.00 – 19.30 START: 13/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £160 COMPOSITE FEES: £860 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW Mechatronic Engineering is one of the more recently developed engineering disciplines. It combines mechanical engineering problemsolving and design skills with the expertise of digital electronics and computer systems to produce advanced products and systems through automation and the use of robotics. The teaching team consists of staff who are highly qualified with valuable industrial experience. Our staff are regularly trained to keep up-to-date with the changing needs of the industry.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: The Foundation degree programme comprises the following modules: Year 1 • Engineering Mathematics • Mechanical Principles A • Manufacturing Processes • Programmable Logic Controlled Electropneumatic Systems • Electrical & Electronic Fundamentals • Engineering Materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Year 2 • Professional Studies • CAD Techniques • CAD/ CAM • Analogue & Digital Electronics Year 3 • Mechanical Principles B • Business Improvement Techniques • Principles & Applications of Embedded Systems • Work Based Learning This course may grant you privileges as an Associate Student of Ulster University and you may have access to a number of University services and facilities, including membership of the Ulster University sports centre and access to the campus libraries. To find out more visit UU Associate Student.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further average of 2-3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

PLACEMENT The Foundation Degree also provides students with an opportunity to undertake a substantial work based project during the final year of the programme.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 229

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On completion of this course you may apply to progress to further study on the following programmes at Ulster University • BEng Hons Mechatronic Engineering • BEng Hons Mechanical Engineering • BEng Hons Electrical & Electronic Engineering.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will equip you with formal qualifications which will improve your job opportunities and employability skills in the engineering sector. You will also gain a range of soft skills regarded as highly desirable by employers.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS which can include: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 vocational qualification in Engineering

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

Return to contents page


230 / COMPUTING, ENGINEERING

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Mechatronics 78181 Lisburn PART TIME / THREE YEARS DAY(S): Thursday TIME: 09:00 – 19.30 START: 06/09/18 FINISH: June 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £0 REGISTRATION FEE: £0 COMPOSITE FEES: £0 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: No COURSE OVERVIEW Mechatronic Engineering is one of the more recently developed engineering disciplines. It combines mechanical engineering problemsolving and design skills with expertise in digital electronics and computer systems to produce advanced products and systems through automation and the use of robotics. During this course you will complete the Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering. The teaching team consists of staff who are highly qualified with valuable industrial experience. Our staff are regularly trained to keep up to date with the changing needs of industry.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Year 1 • Engineering Mathematics • Mechanical Principles A • Manufacturing Processes • Programmable Logic Controlled Electropneumatic Systems • Electrical & Electronic Fundamentals • Engineering Materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Year 2 • Professional Studies • CAD Techniques • CAD/ CAM • Analogue & Digital Electronics Year 3 • Mechanical Principles B • Business Improvement Techniques • Principles & Applications of Embedded Systems • Work Based Learning

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further average of 2-3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course may enable you to apply to progress to a supervisory or management position within your company. Alternatively successful completion with a Commendation or Distinction grade will allow direct entry to Year 2 of the following degree programmes at Ulster University: • BEng in Mechanical Engineering • BEng in Mechatronic Engineering • BEng in Electrical & Electronic Engineering


COMPUTING, ENGINEERING / 231

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will equip you with formal qualifications which will improve your job opportunities and employability skills in the engineering sector. You will also gain a range of soft skills regarded as highly desirable by employers.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above

UCAS

• A minimum of 48 UCAS which can include: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 vocational qualification in Engineering. • Currently be employed in the industry.

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION This programme is accredited by the Ulster University.

Return to contents page


232 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Photographer £14,000 - £50,000

You can work for companies or individual clients, on a freelance or employed basis, usually specialising in an area such as fashion, portrait, wedding or e-commerce photography. You will require design and technical ability as well as attention to detail.

Choreographer £15,000 - £40,000

You will create dance routines with movement sequences in a wide range of settings. You may also be involved in choosing music, auditioning of dancers and working with costume designer and musical directors. You will need advanced dancing skills along with good teaching and communication skills.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 233

School of Performing and Creative Arts

Example Careers

Photographer

Production Designer

Fashion Designer TV Production Designer Dancer Beautician Film Maker Musician Theatrical Make up Artist Hairdresser Spa Therapist Barber Music Producer

Return to contents page


234 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC HND in Hair and Beauty Management (QCF) 71842 Lisburn PART TIME / TWO YEARS DAY(S): Mon TIME: 08.30 – 20.00 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £216 COMPOSITE FEES: £916 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW The course gives the learner an opportunity to develop management and practical skills.  All classes will be conducted in an up to date classroom environment, state of the art salons and where relevant in IT suites.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: Modules studied include: Year 1 Modules • Reflexology for the Beauty Therapist • Quality Management of Client Care • Human Health and Nutrition • Physical Activity and Lifestyle • Research Project • Aromatherapy for the Beauty Therapist • Management of Health and Safety • Personal and Professional Development • Small Business Enterprise Year 2 Modules • Indian Head Massage • Physiology of ageing • Working with the leading people • Salon Management • Sales Management in the Hair and Beauty Sector • HR Management

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 235

• Business Strategy • Sport and Exercise Massage • Business Psychology

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 10 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 10 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

ACCREDITATION Pearson

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

ADDITIONAL

• GCSE in a Science subject Grace C or above or equivalent. • Level 2 and 3 in Beauty/Spa Therapy

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADDITIONAL COSTS

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

A uniform for practical classes will be required costing approximately £45.00 You will also need to purchase an Aromatherapy kit approximately £40.00

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course can enable students to apply to the teaching profession, in a College of Further and Higher Education, management positions within the beauty/spa industry as a Trainer with a cosmetic house or cruise ship personnel. Successful students may also be able to progress to the second or third year of a degree programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide students with the skills to enable them to meet changing circumstances within the Beauty Therapy environment. These skills may lead to promotion to supervisory or management roles or into the teaching/training profession.

Return to contents page


236 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments 78409 Bangor PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Monday TIME: 09:00 - 18:00 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £58 COMPOSITE FEES: £508 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This qualification is the only Level 4 qualification offered by VTCT in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments (QCF). The VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments (QCF) is a vocationally related qualification and is focused on reducing hair growth and photo rejuvenation of the skin using intense pulse light and laser treatments.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Client care and communication in beauty related industries • Laser and light treatments for hair removal • Laser and light treatments for skin rejuvenation • Management of health, safety and security in the salon

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 237

PERSONAL STUDY A further 6 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. All students must be willing to participate with one another during practical sessions. Please note students must arrange their own models for assessment.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? When you have successfully completed this qualification you will be in a position to aspire to promotion as an advanced beauty therapist providing laser and IPL services within a beauty salon.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS

Successful completion of NVQ Level 3 Beauty and a good underpinning knowledge of Anatomy and Physiology.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)

ACCREDITATION

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

VTCT

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

Other subjects you can study include VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation, VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Advanced Beauty Therapy, and HND in Beauty Therapy Management.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? From 2016 all therapists conducting Laser Treatments must hold a Level 4 qualification.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There will be no additional costs associated with this course.

Return to contents page


238 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation (QCF) 78408 Bangor PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Monday TIME: 09:00 - 18:00 START: 10/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £102 COMPOSITE FEES: £552 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW This qualification is the only Level 4 qualification offered by VTCT in Micropigmentation (QCF). The VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation (QCF) is about using micropigmentation, a form of cosmetic tattooing to create make-up effects to enhance facial features.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Management of health, safety and security in the salon • Quality management of client care in the hair and beauty sector • Enhance appearance using micropigmentation treatment

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 8 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 239

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. All students must be willing to participate with one another during practical sessions. Please note students must arrange their own models for assessment.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this qualification will enable you apply for vacancies in a related field or complete another qualification for example VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments (QCF).

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will be qualified to carry out a range of micro-pigmentation effects as well as providing the relevant aftercare, skills which are necessary to be successful in this field.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Prospective students must have access to practise on a micro pigmentation machine in order to develop their skills.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS

Successful completion of NVQ Level 3 Beauty and a good underpinning knowledge of Anatomy and Physiology.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

ACCREDITATION VTCT

Return to contents page


240 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC HNC in Creative Media Production (RQF) 70389 Bangor PART TIME / ONE YEAR

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 14 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Student workload usually includes 2 to 3 assessments per module.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 10 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK DAY(S): Wed / Thurs TIME: 09.15 – 17.15 START: 12/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £700 REGISTRATION FEE: £180 COMPOSITE FEES: £880 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW Offered by the NI Film & Television School at SERC, this is a fast-paced course that aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to take the first steps towards a career in the film and television industry. It is delivered over two full days a week to allow students to balance other work and family commitments alongside their course of study. Creative Media production students will have access to industry standard production equipment and studio space.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Individual Project (Pearson-set) • Creative Media Industry • Professional Practice

SPECIALIST UNITS WILL INCLUDE • • • • •

Film & Television Practices Film Studies Light & Sound Film & Video Editing Storyboarding

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the HNC Creative media production course may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further year leading to the Level 5 HND in Creative media production. The course aims to help students to develop industry connections through a strong programme of masterclasses, workshops and industry visits. The NIFTS teaching team all work within the media industry in Northern Ireland and can offer advice and support to those seeking employment or further study in the field of creative media production. Recent graduates of the HNC course have progressed onto production trainee schemes with Northern Ireland Screen, permanent positions with some of NI's independent production companies as well as freelancing as crew members on a range of Film/ Television/Commercial productions.


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 241

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HNC course has been designed to provide students with a strong theoretical background to television and film production as well as extensive experience working with professional equipment on live projects throughout the year. The combination of knowledge and skills students acquire on the HNC are all transferable into an industry setting.

ADDITIONAL COSTS A kit list will be sent to students once accepted onto the course with specific requirements. This involves: • A portable hard drive (1TB/2TB) approx. £50. • Closed back earphones (for editing) approx £30. • A memory cards for both video and audio files approx £25. In addition, students will be expected to attend a Production Skills Residential in Semester One (one overnight) and a Fiction Production Residential for their location shoot in Semester Two (2-3 nights). Students are asked to budget approx. £25 per night for each of these residentials to allow for accommodation and food costs.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy.

GCSE MATHS

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

UCAS

A minimum of 48 UCAS points at A level which may include • A Level Moving Image Arts/Media related subject at Grade C or above OR • BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Creative Media Production with a MP profile.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process.

APL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section.

ACCREDITATION The course is provided and regulated by Pearson.

Return to contents page


242 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy 71843 Bangor PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Thursday TIME: 16:30 - 21:30 START:13/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £72 COMPOSITE FEES: £522 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW The VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Sports Massage Therapy (QCF) is focused towards those seeking to gain employment as a Sports Massage Therapist providing sports massage to prevent and manage injury. Through this qualification you will develop the skills, knowledge and understanding needed to apply sports massage methods competently to recent non-acute injury and pre-existing conditions.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Conducting subjective and objective assessment. • Provide sports massage techniques to prevent and manage injury. • Treatment modalities to support soft tissue repair.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 243

PERSONAL STUDY A further 6 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Graduates will be able to progress onto the VTCT Level 5 Certificate in Sports Massage (QCF), which will build upon the skills, knowledge and understanding gained at Level 4. Graduates from Level 4 are also eligible to join the SMA (Sports Massage Association) at Level 4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS

• The VTCT Level 3 certificate or Diploma in sports massage therapy or equivalent qualification and • The VTCT Level 3 Anatomy & Physiology with nutrition for sports therapies or equivalent qualifications

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of this course will equip you with the skills to apply to positions such as Sports Massage Practitioner working independently in a Sports Club or with a Sports Team. You may also be eligible to apply for positions working alongside Osteopaths, Physiotherapists or Sports Therapists.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Approximate prices below of extra costs: • Uniform: T-shirt £15 • Equipment: Massage Oils £8 (500ml) & Portable massage plinth £100-£200 for use at home. • Mandatory Access NI fee of £33.

ACCREDITATION VTCT

Return to contents page


244 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Reflexology for the Complementary Therapist 78311 Lisburn PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Tues TIME: 13.30 - 17.30 START: 11/09/18 FINISH: 18/06/19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £96 COMPOSITE FEES: £546 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW VTCT L4 Dip. Reflexology QCF is a government skills approved qualification covering advanced reflexology techniques suitable to be used in clinical settings. You will study mandatory advanced reflexology techniques to include, hand, ear, face, maternity reflexology in all stages of pregnancy and post pregnancy, palliative care and life limiting conditions, foot reading and emotional interpretations and other specialist techniques. The study of a range of applications such as meridian reflexology, zone therapy and other techniques to maximise understanding and precision in working practices.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Interpersonal skills for the complementary therapist. • Advanced anatomy and physiology for the complementary therapist. • Advanced reflexology techniques for the complementary therapist.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 245

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

PERSONAL STUDY A further 6 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this qualification, students will be eligible to apply for vacancies in a variety of roles, either within a hospital, hospice or health care environment or self-employed in a complementary health clinic, beauty spa or private clinic.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The qualification is supported by Ofqual and FHT and is designed for qualified therapists to reach a suitable standard to work in a healthcare clinical setting.

ENTRY REQUIREMENT GENERAL

There is a prerequisite of level 3 Diploma qualification in Reflexology, Aromatherapy or Massage which must include Anatomy and Physiology.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS There will be no additional costs for this programme.

ACCREDITATION VTCT

Return to contents page


246 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Aromatherapy for the Complementary Therapist 78410 Lisburn PART TIME / ONE YEAR DAY(S): Tues TIME: 09.00 - 13.00 START: 11/09/18 FINISH: Jun 19 ANNUAL TUITION FEE: £450 REGISTRATION FEE: £117 COMPOSITE FEES: £567 CONCESSION AVAILABLE: Yes COURSE OVERVIEW VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Aromatherapy is a government skills approved qualification covering advanced aromatherapy blending and methods suitable for use in clinical settings. You will investigate and compare sources of essential oils, methods of extraction and a deeper knowledge of the chemistry and clinical effect on quality and therapeutic value when using the oils. The study of more unusual essential oils and carriers.

MANDATORY MODULES INCLUDE: • Interpersonal skills for the complementary therapist. • Advanced anatomy and physiology for the complementary therapist. • Advanced aromatherapy for the complementary therapist.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 247

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

PERSONAL STUDY A further 6 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ASSESSMENT AND FEEDBACK Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this qualification, students will be eligible to apply for vacancies in a variety of roles, either within a hospital, hospice or health care environment or self-employed in a complementary health clinic, beauty spa or private clinic.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The qualification is supported by Ofqual and FHT and is designed for qualified therapists to reach a suitable standard to work in a healthcare clinical setting.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS

There is a prerequisite of level 3 Diploma qualification in Reflexology, Aromatherapy or Massage which must include Anatomy and Physiology.

ACCESS DIPLOMA

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS).

ADMISSIONS

Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL

Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS There will be no additional costs for this programme

ACCREDITATION VTCT

Return to contents page


BANGOR CAMPUS Castle Park Road Bangor Co Down BT20 4TD

LISBURN CAMPUS Castle Street Lisburn Co Antrim BT27 4SU

DOWNPATRICK CAMPUS Market Street Downpatrick Co Down BT30 6LZ

NEWTOWNARDS CAMPUS Victoria Avenue Newtownards Co Down BT23 7EH SERC (PSC) PROFESSIONAL SKILLS CENTRE NUTTS CORNER 17 Dundrod Road Crumlin BT29 4SR

SERC - HE Full-Time & Part-Time Prospectus  
SERC - HE Full-Time & Part-Time Prospectus  
Advertisement